9ea3535e38f00ecec6cba67db8358be60bf9a1cf
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
160 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
161 debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
266
267 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
268 communication between developers:
269
270 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
271
272 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
273 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
274 to prepare patches.
275
276 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
277
278 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
279 using Trac for its bug database:
280
281 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
282
283
284 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
286 @cindex dongles
287 @cindex FTDI
288 @cindex wiggler
289 @cindex zy1000
290 @cindex printer port
291 @cindex USB Adapter
292 @cindex RTCK
293
294 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
295 an adapter .... [snip]
296
297 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
298 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
299 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
300 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
301 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
302 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
303 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
304
305
306 @section Choosing a Dongle
307
308 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
309
310 @enumerate
311 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
312 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
313 other ways to communicate with target devices.
314 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
315 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
316 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
317 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
318 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
319 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
320 Ethernet port needed?
321 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
322 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
323 @end enumerate
324
325 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
326
327 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
328 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
329 running on the developer's host computer.
330 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
331 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
332 IP address assigned to the probe.
333 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
334 OpenOCD debugger.
335 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
336 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
337 the target.
338 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
339 to power cycle the target remotely.
340
341 For more information, visit:
342
343 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
344
345 @section USB FT2232 Based
346
347 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
348 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
349 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
350 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
351 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
352 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
353 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
354 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
355 clocking.)
356
357 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
358 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
359 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
360 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
361 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
362
363 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
364 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
365
366 @itemize @bullet
367 @item @b{usbjtag}
368 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
369 @item @b{jtagkey}
370 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
371 @item @b{jtagkey2}
372 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
373 @item @b{oocdlink}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
375 @item @b{signalyzer}
376 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
377 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
378 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
379 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
380 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
381 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
382 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
383 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
384 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
385 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
386 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
387 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
388 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
390 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
392 @item @b{turtelizer2}
393 @* See:
394 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
395 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
396 @item @b{comstick}
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
398 @item @b{stm32stick}
399 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
400 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
401 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
402 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
403 @item @b{cortino}
404 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
405 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
406 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
407 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
408 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
409 @item @b{opendous}
410 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
411 (OpenHardware).
412 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
413 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
414
415 @item @b{GW16042}
416 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
417 FT2232H-based
418
419 @end itemize
420 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
421
422 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
423 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
424 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
425 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
426 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
427
428 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
429 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
430 (see the section on driver commands).
431
432 @itemize
433 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
434 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
435 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
436 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section USB JLINK based
440 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
441 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
442 AT91SAM764 internally.
443
444 @itemize @bullet
445 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
446 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
447 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
449 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
451 @end itemize
452
453 @section USB RLINK based
454 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
455 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
456 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
457
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
461 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
462 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
463 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
464 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB ST-LINK based
468 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
469 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
470
471 @itemize @bullet
472 @item @b{ST-LINK}
473 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
474 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
475 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
476 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
478 @end itemize
479
480 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
481 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
482 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
483 @itemize @bullet
484 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
485 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
486 @end itemize
487
488 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
489 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
490 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
491 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
492
493 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
494 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
495 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
496
497 @section USB Other
498 @itemize @bullet
499 @item @b{USBprog}
500 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
501
502 @item @b{USB - Presto}
503 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
504
505 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
506 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
507
508 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
509 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
510
511 @item @b{Buspirate}
512 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
513
514 @item @b{opendous}
515 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
516
517 @item @b{estick}
518 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
519
520 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
522 @end itemize
523
524 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
525
526 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
527 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
528 these on the market.
529
530 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
531 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
532 of USB-based ones.
533
534 @itemize @bullet
535
536 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
537 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
538
539 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
540 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
541 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
542
543 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
544 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
545
546 @item @b{Wiggler2}
547 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
548
549 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
550 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
551
552 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
553 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
554
555 @item @b{arm-jtag}
556 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
557
558 @item @b{chameleon}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
560
561 @item @b{Triton}
562 @* Unknown.
563
564 @item @b{Lattice}
565 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
566 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
567
568 @item @b{flashlink}
569 @* From ST Microsystems;
570 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
571
572 @end itemize
573
574 @section Other...
575 @itemize @bullet
576
577 @item @b{ep93xx}
578 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
579
580 @item @b{at91rm9200}
581 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
582
583 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
584 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
585
586 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
587 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
588 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
589
590 @end itemize
591
592 @node About Jim-Tcl
593 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
594 @cindex Jim-Tcl
595 @cindex tcl
596
597 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
598 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
599 command interpreter.
600
601 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
602 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
603 much of anything about Tcl.
604 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
605
606 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
607 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
608 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
609 OpenOCD mailing list.
610
611 @itemize @bullet
612 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
613 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
614 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
615 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
616 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
617 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
618
619 @item @b{Missing Features}
620 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
621 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
622 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
623 enabled in OpenOCD.
624
625 @item @b{Scripts}
626 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
627 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
628 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
629
630 @item @b{Commands}
631 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
632 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
633 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
634 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
635
636 @item @b{Historical Note}
637 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
638 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
639 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
640 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
641
642 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
643 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
644 @end itemize
645
646 @node Running
647 @chapter Running
648 @cindex command line options
649 @cindex logfile
650 @cindex directory search
651
652 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
653 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
654 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
655 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
656 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
657
658 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
659 tell it how each debug session should work.
660 The @option{--help} option shows:
661 @verbatim
662 bash$ openocd --help
663
664 --help | -h display this help
665 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
666 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
667 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
668 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
669 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
670 --command | -c run <command>
671 @end verbatim
672
673 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
674 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
675 To specify one or more different
676 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
677
678 @example
679 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
680 @end example
681
682 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
683 @enumerate
684 @item the current directory,
685 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
686 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
687 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
688 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
689 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
690 @end enumerate
691 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
692
693 @quotation Note
694 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
695 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
696 @end quotation
697
698 @section Simple setup, no customization
699
700 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
701 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
702 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
703 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
704 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
705
706 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
707 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
708 the server with some variation of one of the following:
709
710 @example
711 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
712 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
713 @end example
714
715 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
716 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
717 If all goes well you'll see output something like
718
719 @example
720 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
721 For bug reports, read
722 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
723 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
724 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
725 @end example
726
727 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
728 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
729 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
730
731 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
732
733 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
734 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
735 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
736 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
737 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
738 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
739 ensure that this always succeeds.
740 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
741 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
742 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
743 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
744
745 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
746 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
747 those channels.
748
749 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
750 the @option{-d} option.
751
752 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
753 @option{-c} command line switch.
754
755 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
756 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
757 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
758 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
759 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
760 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
761 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
762
763 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
764 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
765
766 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
767 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
768 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
769 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
770
771 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
772 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
773
774 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
775 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
776 and start the OpenOCD server.
777 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
778 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
779 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
780 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
781
782 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
783
784 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
785 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
786 and a USB cable on the other.
787 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
788 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
789
790 @enumerate
791 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
792 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
793 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
794 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
795 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
796 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
797 debugging host.
798
799 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
800 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
801 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
802 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
803 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
804
805 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
806 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
807 with 1.2 Volt boards.
808
809 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
810 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
811 ways to connect the cable.
812 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
813 Be sure it's firmly connected.
814
815 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
816 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
817 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
818 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
819 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
820 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
821 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
822 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
823
824 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
825 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
826 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
827 but are tedious to set up.
828 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
829 adapter signals to the right board pins.
830
831 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
832 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
833 you are using to run OpenOCD.
834 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
835
836 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
837 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
838 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
839 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
840
841 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
842 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
843 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
844
845 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
846 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
847 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
848 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
849
850 @end enumerate
851
852 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
853 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
854 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
855
856 @section Project Directory
857
858 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
859
860 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
861 single directory for your work with a given board.
862 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
863 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
864 files accessed through semihosting,
865 and for code you upload to the target board.
866 It is also the natural place to write files,
867 such as log files and data you download from the board.
868
869 @section Configuration Basics
870
871 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
872 a variety of ways you can mix them.
873 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
874
875 @itemize
876 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
877 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
878 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
879 @end itemize
880
881 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
882 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
883 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
884
885 @example
886 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
887
888 # GDB can also flash my flash!
889 gdb_memory_map enable
890 gdb_flash_program enable
891
892 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
893 @end example
894
895 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
896
897 @example
898 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
899 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
900 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
901 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
902 @end example
903
904 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
905 each supporting a different development task.
906 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
907 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
908
909 @quotation Important
910 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
911 problems with how it treats variables.
912 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
913 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
914 that can be tested in a later script.
915 @end quotation
916
917 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
918 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
919 to simplify your work.
920
921 @section User Config Files
922 @cindex config file, user
923 @cindex user config file
924 @cindex config file, overview
925
926 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
927 in one place.
928 One of the following will match your situation best:
929
930 @itemize
931 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
932 provided by someone else.
933 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
934 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
935 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
936 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
937 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
938 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
939
940 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
941 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
942
943 @enumerate
944 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
945 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
946 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
947 @end enumerate
948
949 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
950 The first is an interface config file.
951 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
952 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
953 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
954 meet your deadline:
955
956 @example
957 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
958 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
959 @end example
960
961 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
962 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
963 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
964 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
965
966 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
967 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
968 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
969 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
970 target and board
971 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
972 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
973
974 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
975 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
976 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
977 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
978
979 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
980 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
981 giving access to your particular flash chips.
982 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
983 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
984
985 @quotation Note
986 When you write new configuration files, please submit
987 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
988 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
989 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
990 will help support users of any board using that chip.
991 @end quotation
992
993 @item
994 You may may need to write some C code.
995 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
996 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
997 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
998 a new chip architecture.
999 @end itemize
1000
1001 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1002 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1003 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1004
1005 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1006 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1007 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1008 @itemize
1009
1010 @item
1011 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1012 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1013 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1014 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1015
1016 @item
1017 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1018 @cindex vector_catch
1019 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1020 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1021 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1022 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1023 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1024 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1025
1026 @item
1027 You might need to override some defaults.
1028 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1029 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1030
1031 @item
1032 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1033 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1034 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1035 @end itemize
1036
1037 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1038
1039 A few project-specific utility
1040 routines may well speed up your work.
1041 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1042
1043 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1044 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1045 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1046 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1047 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1048 may help:
1049
1050 @example
1051 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1052 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1053 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1054 # Leave the CPU halted.
1055 reset init
1056
1057 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1058 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1059
1060 # Start running.
1061 resume 0x20000000
1062 @}
1063 @end example
1064
1065 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1066 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1067 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1068 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1069 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1070
1071 @example
1072 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1073 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1074 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1075 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1076 reset init
1077
1078 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1079 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1080 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1081 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1082 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1083 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1084 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1085
1086 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1087 reset run
1088 @}
1089 @end example
1090
1091 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1092 from NAND.
1093 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1094 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1095 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1096
1097 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1098 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1099
1100 @section Target Software Changes
1101
1102 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1103 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1104 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1105 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1106 handling issues like:
1107
1108 @itemize @bullet
1109
1110 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1111 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1112 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1113 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1114 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1115 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1116 your debug sessions.
1117
1118 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1119 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1120 That might however be your only option.
1121
1122 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1123 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1124 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1125 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1126 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1127 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1128 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1129 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1130 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1131 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1132 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1133 instead of the whole thing.
1134 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1135 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1136
1137 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1138 @cindex ARM semihosting
1139 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1140 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1141 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1142 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1143 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1144 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1145 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1146 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1147 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1148 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1149 NAND or SPI flash.
1150
1151 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1152 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1153 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1154 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1155 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1156
1157 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1158 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1159 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1160 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1161 registers which can be used to change various features including
1162 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1163 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1164 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1165 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1166 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1167
1168 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1169 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1170 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1171 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1172 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1173
1174 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1175 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1176 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1177 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1178 early code execution can be debugged
1179 or firmware can be replaced.
1180
1181 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1182 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1183 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1184 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1185 operations like writing to memory.)
1186
1187 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1188 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1189 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1190 various kinds of message.
1191 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1192
1193 @end itemize
1194
1195 @section Target Hardware Setup
1196
1197 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1198 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1199 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1200 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1201 working with.}
1202
1203 Common issues include:
1204
1205 @itemize @bullet
1206
1207 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1208 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1209 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1210 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1211 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1212 or one from a daughtercard).
1213 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1214 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1215
1216 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1217 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1218 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1219 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1220 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1221 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1222
1223 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1224 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1225 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1226 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1227 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1228
1229
1230 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1231 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1232 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1233 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1234 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1235 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1236 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1237
1238 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1239 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1240 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1241 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1242 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1243
1244 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1245 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1246 used to start booting.
1247
1248 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1249 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1250 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1251 multiple audio codec chips).
1252 This interacts with software
1253 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1254 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1255 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1256 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1257 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1258 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1259 audio or video codecs are used.
1260
1261 @end itemize
1262
1263 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1264 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1265 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1266 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1267 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1268 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1269 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1270 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1271 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1272 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1273
1274
1275 @node Config File Guidelines
1276 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1277
1278 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1279 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1280 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1281 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1282
1283 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1284 with files including the ones listed here.
1285 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1286 @itemize @bullet
1287 @item @file{interface} ...
1288 These are for debug adapters.
1289 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1290 @example
1291 $ ls interface -R
1292 interface/:
1293 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1294 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1295 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1296 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1297 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1298 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1299 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1300 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1301 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1302 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1303 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1304 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1305 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1306 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1307 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1308 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1309 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1310 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1311 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1312 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1313 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1314 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1315 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1316 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1317 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1318
1319 interface/ftdi:
1320 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1321 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1322 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1323 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1324 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1325 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1326 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1327 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1328 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1329 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1330 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1335 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1336 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1337 $
1338 @end example
1339 @item @file{board} ...
1340 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1341 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1342 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1343 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1344 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1345 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1346 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1347 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1348 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1349 a CPU and an FPGA.
1350 @example
1351 $ ls board
1352 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1353 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1354 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1355 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1356 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1357 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1358 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1359 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1360 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1361 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1362 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1363 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1364 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1365 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1366 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1367 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1368 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1369 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1370 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1371 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1372 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1373 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1374 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1375 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1376 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1377 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1378 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1379 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1380 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1381 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1382 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1383 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1384 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1385 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1386 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1387 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1388 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1389 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1390 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1391 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1392 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1393 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1394 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1395 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1396 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1397 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1398 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1399 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1400 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1401 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1402 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1403 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1404 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1405 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1406 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1407 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1408 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1409 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1410 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1411 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1412 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1413 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1414 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1415 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1416 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1417 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1418 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1419 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1420 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1421 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1422 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1423 $
1424 @end example
1425 @item @file{target} ...
1426 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1427 on a chip
1428 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1429 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1430 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1431 the target config file defines all of them.
1432 @example
1433 $ ls target
1434 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1435 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1436 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1437 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1438 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1439 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1440 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1441 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1442 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1443 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1444 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1445 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1446 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1447 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1448 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1449 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1450 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1451 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1452 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1453 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1454 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1455 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1456 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1457 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1458 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1459 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1460 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1461 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1462 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1463 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1464 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1465 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1466 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1467 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1468 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1469 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1470 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1471 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1472 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1473 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1474 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1475 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1476 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1477 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1478 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1479 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1480 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1481 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1482 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1483 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1484 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1485 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1486 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1487 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1488 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1489 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1490 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1491 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1492 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1493 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1494 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1495 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1496 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1497 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1498 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1499 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1500 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1501 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1502 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1503 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1504 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1505 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1506 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1507 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1508 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1509 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1510 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1511 @end example
1512 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1513 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1514 @end itemize
1515
1516 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1517 file may override features in any of the above files by
1518 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1519 commands specific to their situation.
1520
1521 @section Interface Config Files
1522
1523 The user config file
1524 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1525
1526 @example
1527 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1528 @end example
1529
1530 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1531 in use today with OpenOCD.
1532 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1533 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1534
1535 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1536 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1537 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1538 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1539 and need to provide a driver for it.
1540
1541 @section Board Config Files
1542 @cindex config file, board
1543 @cindex board config file
1544
1545 The user config file
1546 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1547
1548 @example
1549 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1550 @end example
1551
1552 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1553 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1554 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1555
1556 @enumerate
1557 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1558 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1559 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1560 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1561 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1562 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1563 @end enumerate
1564
1565 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1566 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1567 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1568 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1569
1570 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1571 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1572 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1573 configuration works.
1574
1575 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1576
1577 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1578 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1579 convention on how to use certain variables.
1580
1581 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1582 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1583 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1584 used at will within a target configuration file.
1585
1586 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1587 for a board with three chips:
1588
1589 @example
1590 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1591 set CHIPNAME network
1592 set ENDIAN big
1593 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1594 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1595 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1596 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1597
1598 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1599 set CHIPNAME video
1600 set ENDIAN little
1601 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1602 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1603 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1604 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1605
1606 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1607 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1608 unset ENDIAN
1609 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1610 @end example
1611
1612 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1613 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1614 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1615 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1616 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1617 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1618 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1619 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1620
1621 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1622 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1623 naming collisions.
1624
1625 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1626 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1627 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1628 up other clocks and peripherals.
1629
1630 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1631 @cindex variable names
1632
1633 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1634 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1635 one such chip (as shown above).
1636 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1637 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1638 to promote consistency and
1639 so that board files can override target defaults.
1640
1641 Inputs to target config files include:
1642
1643 @itemize @bullet
1644 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1645 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1646 tap identifier dotted names.
1647 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1648 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1649 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1650 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1651 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1652 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1653 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1654 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1655 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1656 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1657 @end itemize
1658
1659 Outputs from target config files include:
1660
1661 @itemize @bullet
1662 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1663 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1664 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1665 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1666 specific to that board and that target.
1667 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1668 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1669 @end itemize
1670
1671 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1672 @cindex event, reset-init
1673 @cindex reset-init handler
1674
1675 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1676 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1677 fully set up yet.
1678 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1679 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1680 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1681 handler is one of the most important.
1682
1683 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1684 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1685 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1686 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1687 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1688
1689 @quotation Note
1690 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1691 are included here.
1692 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1693 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1694 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1695 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1696 @end quotation
1697
1698 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1699 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1700 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1701 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1702 those as parameters.
1703 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1704 and disabling the watchdog.
1705 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1706 the next developer doing such work.
1707 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1708
1709 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1710 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1711 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1712 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1713
1714 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1715
1716 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1717 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1718 a low JTAG clock rate.
1719 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1720 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1721 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1722 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1723 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1724 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1725 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1726
1727 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1728 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1729 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1730 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1731 which might be less than that.
1732
1733 @quotation Warning
1734 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1735 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1736 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1737 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1738 @end quotation
1739
1740 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1741 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1742 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1743 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1744 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1745 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1746
1747 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1748 @subsection The init_board procedure
1749 @cindex init_board procedure
1750
1751 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1752 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1753 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1754 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1755 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1756 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1757 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1758 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1759 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1760 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1761 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1762 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1763
1764 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1765 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1766
1767 @example
1768 ### board_file.cfg ###
1769
1770 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1771 source [find target/target.cfg]
1772
1773 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1774 # enables fast on-board clock source
1775 # configures the chip to use it
1776 @}
1777
1778 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1779 proc init_board @{@} @{
1780 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1781
1782 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1783 adapter_khz 1
1784 enable_fast_clock
1785 adapter_khz 10000
1786 @}
1787 @}
1788 @end example
1789
1790 @section Target Config Files
1791 @cindex config file, target
1792 @cindex target config file
1793
1794 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1795 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1796 more target config files like this:
1797
1798 @example
1799 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1800 @end example
1801
1802 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1803 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1804 In summary the target files should contain
1805
1806 @enumerate
1807 @item Set defaults
1808 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1809 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1810 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1811 @item On-Chip flash
1812 @end enumerate
1813
1814 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1815 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1816 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1817
1818 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1819 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1820 can talk to the chip.
1821 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1822 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1823 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1824 and other processing engines.
1825
1826 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1827
1828 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1829 letting board config files express environment-specific
1830 differences in how things should be set up.
1831
1832 @example
1833 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1834 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1835 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1836 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1837 @} else @{
1838 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1839 @}
1840
1841 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1842 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1843 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1844 @} else @{
1845 set _ENDIAN little
1846 @}
1847
1848 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1849 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1850 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1851 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1852 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1853 @} else @{
1854 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1855 @}
1856 @end example
1857 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1858
1859 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1860 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1861 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1862
1863 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1864 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1865 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1866
1867 @example
1868 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1869 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1870 @end example
1871
1872 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1873 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1874 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1875 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1876 for taps.
1877
1878 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1879 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1880 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1881 looks (in part) like this:
1882
1883 @example
1884 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1885 @end example
1886
1887 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1888 to source such a config file twice, with different
1889 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1890 it adds a different TAP each time.
1891
1892 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1893 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1894 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1895 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1896
1897 @example
1898 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1899 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1900 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1901 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1902 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1903 @end example
1904
1905 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1906 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1907
1908 @itemize
1909 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1910 plus a JRC to enable them
1911 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1912 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1913 is not currently used)
1914 @end itemize
1915
1916 @subsection Add CPU targets
1917
1918 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1919 GDB and other commands can use it.
1920 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1921 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1922 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1923 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1924
1925 @example
1926 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1927 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1928 @end example
1929
1930 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1931 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1932 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1933 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1934 a work area if you can.
1935 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1936
1937 @example
1938 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1939 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1940 @end example
1941
1942 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1943 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1944 @cindex SMP
1945 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1946
1947 @example
1948 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1949 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1950 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1951 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1952 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1953 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1954 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1955 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1956 @end example
1957 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1958 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1959 @itemize @bullet
1960 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1961 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1962 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1963 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1964 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1965 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1966 @end itemize
1967
1968 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1969 command have been implemented.
1970 @itemize @bullet
1971 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1972 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1973 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1974 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1975 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1976 following example.
1977 @end itemize
1978
1979 @example
1980 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1981 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1982 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1983 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1984 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1985 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1986 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1987 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1988 > resume
1989 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1990 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1991 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1992 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1993 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1994 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1995 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1996 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1997 @end example
1998
1999
2000 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2001
2002 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2003 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2004 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2005
2006 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2007 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2008 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2009 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2010 both signals.
2011
2012 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2013 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2014 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2015 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2016 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2017 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2018 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2019 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2020 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2021 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2022 not available.)
2023
2024 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2025 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2026 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2027 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2028 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2029 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2030 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2031 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2032
2033 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2034 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2035 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2036 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2037 slower clock than they will use later.
2038 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2039 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2040 than they will use later.
2041 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2042
2043 @quotation Important
2044 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2045 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2046 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2047 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2048 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2049 @end quotation
2050
2051 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2052 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2053 @cindex init_targets procedure
2054
2055 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2056 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2057 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2058 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2059 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2060 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2061 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2062 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2063 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2064
2065 @example
2066 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2067
2068 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2069 # basic initialization procedure ...
2070 @}
2071
2072 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2073 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2074 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2075 @}
2076
2077 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2078
2079 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2080
2081 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2082 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2083 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2084 @}
2085 @end example
2086
2087 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2088 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2089
2090 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2091
2092 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2093 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2094
2095 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2096
2097 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2098 special high speed download features - enable it.
2099
2100 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2101
2102 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2103 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2104 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2105 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2106 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2107 If you are using an external trace port,
2108 configure it in your board config file.
2109 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2110 configure it in your target config file.
2111
2112 @example
2113 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2114 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2115 @end example
2116
2117 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2118
2119 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2120
2121 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2122 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2123 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2124 the TARGET (chip) file.
2125
2126 Examples:
2127 @itemize @bullet
2128 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2129 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2130 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2131 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2132 @end itemize
2133
2134 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2135 @section Translating Configuration Files
2136 @cindex translation
2137 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2138 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2139 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2140 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2141 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2142 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2143
2144 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2145 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2146 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2147 convert other scripts later on.
2148
2149 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2150 replace job:
2151
2152 @example
2153 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2154 #
2155 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2156 #
2157 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2158 #
2159 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2160
2161 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2162 global TARGETNAME
2163
2164 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2165
2166 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2167 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2168 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2169 @}
2170 @end example
2171
2172
2173
2174 @node Daemon Configuration
2175 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2176 @cindex initialization
2177 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2178 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2179 supported.
2180
2181 @anchor{configurationstage}
2182 @section Configuration Stage
2183 @cindex configuration stage
2184 @cindex config command
2185
2186 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2187 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2188 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2189 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2190 inside startup scripts.
2191
2192 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2193 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2194 which may be issued interactively.
2195 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2196 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2197
2198 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2199 flash banks,
2200 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2201 and other basic setup.
2202 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2203 may access or activate TAPs.
2204 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2205 longer be issued.
2206
2207 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2208 @section Entering the Run Stage
2209
2210 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2211 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2212 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2213 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2214 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2215 You should see no errors at this point.
2216 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2217 commands you used to configure the server.
2218 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2219 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2220 on the scan chain.
2221
2222 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2223 become available.
2224 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2225 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2226 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2227 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2228 entry to the run stage.
2229
2230 @deffn {Config Command} init
2231 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2232 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2233 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2234 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2235 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2236 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2237
2238 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2239 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2240 configuration files and/or command line options.
2241
2242 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2243 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2244 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2245 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2246 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2250 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2251 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2252
2253 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2254 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2255 scan chain.
2256 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2257 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2258
2259 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2260 they return.
2261 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2262 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2263 @end deffn
2264
2265 @anchor{tcpipports}
2266 @section TCP/IP Ports
2267 @cindex TCP port
2268 @cindex server
2269 @cindex port
2270 @cindex security
2271 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2272 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2273 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2274
2275 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2276 access using one or more of these ports.
2277 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2278 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2279 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2280
2281 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2282 @cindex GDB server
2283 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2284 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2285 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2286 the normal use cases.
2287
2288 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2289 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2290 disables the gdb server.
2291
2292 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2293 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2294
2295 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2296 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2297
2298 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2299 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2300 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2301
2302 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2303 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2304 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2305 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2309 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2310 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2311 output from the Tcl engine.
2312 Intended as a machine interface.
2313 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2314 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2315
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2319 Specify or query the
2320 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2321 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2322 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2323 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2324 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2328 @section GDB Configuration
2329 @cindex GDB
2330 @cindex GDB configuration
2331 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2332 The ones listed here are static and global.
2333 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2334 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2335
2336 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2337 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2338 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2339 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2340 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2341 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2342 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2343 @end deffn
2344
2345 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2346 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2347 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2348 vFlash packet is received.
2349 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2353 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2354 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2355 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2356 for flash programming to work.
2357 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2358 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2362 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2363 by GDB memory read packets.
2364 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2365 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2369 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2370 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2374 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2375
2376 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @anchor{eventpolling}
2380 @section Event Polling
2381
2382 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2383 where significant events can happen at any time.
2384 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2385 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2386 or to GDB.
2387
2388 Examples of such events include:
2389
2390 @itemize
2391 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2392 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2393 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2394 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2395 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2396 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2397 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2398 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2399 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2400 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2401 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2402 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2403 @end itemize
2404
2405 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2406 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2407 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2408 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2409 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2410
2411 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2412 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2413 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2414 to the various active targets.
2415 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2416 which is normally done in the background.
2417
2418 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2419 Poll the current target for its current state.
2420 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2421 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2422 specific information about the current state is printed.
2423 An optional parameter
2424 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2425
2426 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2427 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2428 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2429 @example
2430 > poll
2431 background polling: on
2432 target state: halted
2433 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2434 current mode: Supervisor
2435 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2436 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2437 >
2438 @end example
2439 @end deffn
2440
2441 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2442 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2443 @cindex config file, interface
2444 @cindex interface config file
2445
2446 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2447 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2448 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2449
2450 @quotation Note
2451 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2452 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2453 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2454 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2455 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2456 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2457 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2458 @end quotation
2459
2460 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2461 through commands in an interface configuration
2462 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2463 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2464
2465 @example
2466 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2467 @end example
2468
2469 These commands tell
2470 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2471 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2472
2473 @example
2474 # jlink interface
2475 interface jlink
2476 @end example
2477
2478 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2479
2480
2481 @section Interface Configuration
2482
2483 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2484 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2485 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2486
2487 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2488 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2489 target.
2490 @end deffn
2491
2492 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2493 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2494 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2495 @end deffn
2496 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2497 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2498 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2499 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2500 the hardware can support.
2501 @end deffn
2502
2503
2504
2505 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2506 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2507 @end deffn
2508
2509 @section Interface Drivers
2510
2511 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2512 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2513 available at run time.
2514
2515 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2516 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2517 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2518 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2519
2520 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2521 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2522 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2523 @end deffn
2524
2525 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2526 Displays status of RTCK option.
2527 Optionally sets that option first.
2528 @end deffn
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2532 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2533 This has one driver-specific command:
2534
2535 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2536 Logs some status
2537 @end deffn
2538 @end deffn
2539
2540 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2541 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2542 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2543 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2544 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2545 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2546 @end deffn
2547
2548 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2549 CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2550
2551 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2552 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2553 known default values are used.
2554 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2555 @example
2556 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2557 @end example
2558 @end deffn
2559
2560 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2561 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2562 @end deffn
2563 @end deffn
2564
2565 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2566 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2567 @end deffn
2568
2569 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2570 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2571 @end deffn
2572
2573 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2574 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2575
2576 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2577 recommended as its replacement.
2578
2579 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2580 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2581
2582 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2583 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2584 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2585 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2586 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2587 @end deffn
2588
2589 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2590 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2591 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2592 is connected to the host.
2593 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2594 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2595 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2599 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2600 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2601 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2602 @itemize @minus
2603 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2604 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2605 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2606 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2607 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2608 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2609 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2610 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2611 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2612 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2613 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2614 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2615 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2616 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2617 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2618 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2619 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2620 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2621 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2622 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2623 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2624 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2625 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2626 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2627 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2628 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2629 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2630 @end itemize
2631 @end deffn
2632
2633 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2634 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2635 default values are used.
2636 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2637 @example
2638 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2639 @end example
2640 @end deffn
2641
2642 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2643 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2644 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2645 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2646 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2647 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2648 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2649 @end deffn
2650
2651 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2652 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2653 The default value is 1.
2654 @end deffn
2655
2656 For example, the interface config file for a
2657 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2658
2659 @example
2660 interface ft2232
2661 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2662 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2663 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2664 @end example
2665 @end deffn
2666
2667 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2668 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2669 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2670 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2671 interface driver.
2672
2673 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2674 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2675 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2676
2677 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2678 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2679 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2680
2681 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2682 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2683 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2684 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2685 will be used for their customary purpose.
2686
2687 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2688 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2689 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2690 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2691
2692 @itemize @minus
2693 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2694 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2695 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2696 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2697 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2698 switching data and direction as necessary
2699 @end itemize
2700
2701 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2702 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2703
2704 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2705 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2706 default values are used.
2707 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2708 @example
2709 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2710 @end example
2711 @end deffn
2712
2713 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2714 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2715 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2716 during device selection.
2717 @end deffn
2718
2719 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2720 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2721 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2722 is connected to the host.
2723 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2724 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2725 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2726 @end deffn
2727
2728 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2729 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2730 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2731 @end deffn
2732
2733 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2734 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2735 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2736 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2737 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2738 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2739 and initially asserted reset signals.
2740 @end deffn
2741
2742 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2743 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2744 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2745 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2746 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2747 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2748 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2749 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2750 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2751
2752 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2753 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2754 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2755 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2756 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2757 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2758
2759 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2760 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2761 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2762 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2763 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2764 are always driven by the FTDI.
2765 @end deffn
2766
2767 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2768 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2769 @itemize @minus
2770 @item @option{0}, drive low
2771 @item @option{1}, drive high
2772 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2773 @end itemize
2774 @end deffn
2775
2776 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2777 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2778 @end deffn
2779
2780 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2781 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2782 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2783 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2784
2785 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2786 processors which are being simulated.
2787
2788 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2789 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2790 sockets instead of TCP.
2791 @end deffn
2792
2793 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2794 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2795 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2796 @end deffn
2797
2798 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2799 something like:
2800
2801 @example
2802 interface remote_bitbang
2803 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2804 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2805 @end example
2806
2807 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2808 named mysocket:
2809
2810 @example
2811 interface remote_bitbang
2812 remote_bitbang_port 0
2813 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2814 @end example
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2818 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2819 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2820 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2821
2822 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2823 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2824 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2825 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2826 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2827 @end deffn
2828
2829 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2830 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2831 default values are used.
2832 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2833 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2834 @example
2835 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2836 @end example
2837 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2838 @example
2839 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2840 @end example
2841 @end deffn
2842
2843 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2844 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2845 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2846 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2847
2848 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2849 @example
2850 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2851 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2852 @end example
2853 @end deffn
2854
2855 @end deffn
2856
2857 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2858 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2859 This has one driver-specific command:
2860
2861 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2862 Display either the address of the I/O port
2863 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2864 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2865 This is a write-once setting.
2866 @end deffn
2867 @end deffn
2868
2869 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2870 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2871
2872 @quotation Compatibility Note
2873 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2874 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2875 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2876 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2877 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2878 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2879 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2880 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2881 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2882 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2883 @end quotation
2884
2885 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2886 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2887 @end deffn
2888 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2889 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2890 @end deffn
2891 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2892 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2893 @end deffn
2894 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2895 Display the J-Link configuration.
2896 @end deffn
2897 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2898 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2899 @end deffn
2900 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2901 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2902 @end deffn
2903 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2904 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2905 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2906 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2907 @end deffn
2908 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2909 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2910 @end deffn
2911 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2912 Reset the current configuration.
2913 @end deffn
2914 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2915 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2916 @end deffn
2917 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2918 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2919 @end deffn
2920 @end deffn
2921
2922 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2923 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2924 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2925 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2926 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2927
2928 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2929 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2930 This is a write-once setting.
2931 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2932
2933 @itemize @minus
2934 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2935 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2936 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2937 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2938 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2939 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2940 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2941 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2942 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2943 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2944 some versions of
2945 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2946 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2947 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2948 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2949 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2950 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2951 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2952 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2953 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2954 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2955 @end itemize
2956 @end deffn
2957
2958 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2959 Display either the address of the I/O port
2960 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2961 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2962 This is a write-once setting.
2963
2964 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2965 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2966 you may encounter a problem.
2967 @end deffn
2968
2969 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2970 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2971 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2972 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2973 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2974 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2975
2976 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2977 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2978 @quotation Tip
2979 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2980 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2981 @example
2982 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2983 > adapter_khz 500
2984 @end example
2985 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2986 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2987 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2988 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2989 large set of samples.
2990 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2991 @example
2992 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2993 @end example
2994 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2995 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2996
2997 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2998 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2999 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3000 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3001 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3002 @end quotation
3003 @end deffn
3004
3005 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3006 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3007 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3008 @end deffn
3009
3010 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3011 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3012
3013 @example
3014 interface parport
3015 parport_port 0x278
3016 parport_cable wiggler
3017 @end example
3018 @end deffn
3019
3020 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3021 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3022 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3023 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3024 @end deffn
3025 @end deffn
3026
3027 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3028 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3029 @end deffn
3030
3031 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3032 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3033 @end deffn
3034
3035 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3036 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3037
3038 @quotation Note
3039 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3040 which are not currently documented here.
3041 @end quotation
3042 @end deffn
3043
3044 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3045 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3046 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3047 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3048
3049 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3050
3051 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3052 Currently Not Supported.
3053 @end deffn
3054
3055 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3056 Currently Not Supported.
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3060 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3061 @end deffn
3062
3063 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3064 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3068 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3069 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3070 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3071 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3072 @end deffn
3073 @end deffn
3074
3075 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3076 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3077 @end deffn
3078
3079 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3080 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3081 @end deffn
3082
3083 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3084 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3085 @end deffn
3086
3087 @quotation Note
3088 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3089 which are not currently documented here.
3090 @end quotation
3091
3092 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3093 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3094 No arguments: print status.
3095 @end deffn
3096
3097 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3098 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3099 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3100
3101 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3102 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3103 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3104 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3105 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3106 configuration on exit.
3107
3108 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3109 pinout.
3110
3111 @end deffn
3112
3113 @section Transport Configuration
3114 @cindex Transport
3115 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3116 and the debug adapter you are using,
3117 several transports may be available to
3118 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3119 @deffn Command {transport list}
3120 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3121 version of OpenOCD.
3122 @end deffn
3123
3124 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3125 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3126 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3127 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3128 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3129 @end deffn
3130
3131 @subsection JTAG Transport
3132 @cindex JTAG
3133 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3134 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3135 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3136 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3137 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3138 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3139 @subsection SWD Transport
3140 @cindex SWD
3141 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3142 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3143 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3144 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3145 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3146 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3147 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3148 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3149 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3150 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3151 expected to change.
3152 @end deffn
3153 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3154 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3155 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3156 No parameters: displays current settings.
3157 @end deffn
3158
3159 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3160 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3161 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3162 compilant debuggers.
3163
3164 @subsection SPI Transport
3165 @cindex SPI
3166 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3167 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3168 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3169 solution for flash programming.
3170
3171 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3172 @section JTAG Speed
3173 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3174 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3175 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3176 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3177 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3178 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3179 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3180 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3181 power management software that may be active.
3182
3183 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3184 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3185 target event handler.
3186 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3187 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3188 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3189 sets up those clocks).
3190 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3191 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3192 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3193 in the target config file.
3194 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3195 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3196 config file instead.
3197 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3198 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3199 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3200
3201 @example
3202 jtag_rclk 3000
3203 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3204 @end example
3205
3206 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3207 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3208 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3209 may not be the fastest solution.
3210
3211 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3212 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3213 which support adaptive clocking.
3214
3215 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3216 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3217 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3218 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3219 than the speed specified.
3220
3221 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3222 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3223 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3224 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3225
3226 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3227 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3228 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3229 JTAG clocking after setup.
3230 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3231 If the interface device can not
3232 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3233 @end deffn
3234
3235 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3236 @cindex adaptive clocking
3237 @cindex RTCK
3238 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3239 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3240 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3241 @example
3242 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3243 jtag_rclk 3000
3244 @end example
3245 @end defun
3246
3247 @node Reset Configuration
3248 @chapter Reset Configuration
3249 @cindex Reset Configuration
3250
3251 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3252 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3253 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3254 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3255 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3256 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3257 Please see the various board files for examples.
3258
3259 @quotation Note
3260 To maintainers and integrators:
3261 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3262 Normally the board configuration file
3263 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3264 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3265
3266 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3267 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3268 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3269 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3270 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3271 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3272 @end quotation
3273
3274 @section Types of Reset
3275
3276 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3277 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3278 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3279
3280 @itemize @bullet
3281 @item
3282 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3283 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3284 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3285 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3286 @item
3287 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3288 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3289 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3290 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3291 @item
3292 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3293 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3294 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3295 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3296 @item
3297 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3298 several other types of reset.
3299 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3300 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3301 There may be individual module resets.
3302 @end itemize
3303
3304 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3305 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3306 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3307 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3308 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3309 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3310 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3311 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3312 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3313
3314 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3315 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3316
3317 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3318 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3319 common issues are:
3320
3321 @itemize @bullet
3322
3323 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3324 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3325 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3326 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3327 when either of those signals is not connected.
3328 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3329 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3330 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3331 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3332
3333 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3334 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3335 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3336 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3337
3338 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3339 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3340 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3341 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3342 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3343 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3344 hardware debouncing.
3345 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3346 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3347
3348 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3349 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3350 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3351 to use push/pull output drivers.
3352 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3353 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3354 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3355 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3356
3357 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3358 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3359 issues (not limited to errata).
3360 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3361 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3362 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3363 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3364 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3365 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3366 @end itemize
3367
3368 There can also be other issues.
3369 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3370 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3371 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3372 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3373 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3374 Agreement (NDA).
3375
3376 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3377 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3378 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3379
3380 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3381 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3382
3383 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3384
3385 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3386 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3387 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3388 allowing it to be deasserted.
3389 @end deffn
3390
3391 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3392 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3393 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3394 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3395 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3396 @end deffn
3397
3398 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3399 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3400 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3401 allowing it to be deasserted.
3402 @end deffn
3403
3404 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3405 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3406 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3407 @end deffn
3408
3409 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3410 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3411 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3412 configuration scripts.
3413
3414 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3415 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3416 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3417 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3418 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3419 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3420 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3421 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3422
3423 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3424 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3425 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3426 -- may be specified at a time.
3427 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3428 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3429 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3430 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3431 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3432
3433 @itemize
3434 @item
3435 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3436 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3437 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3438 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3439 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3440
3441 @quotation Tip
3442 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3443 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3444 @end quotation
3445
3446 @item
3447 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3448 signal implementations.
3449 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3450 indicating everything behaves normally.
3451 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3452 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3453 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3454 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3455 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3456 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3457 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3458
3459 @item
3460 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3461 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3462 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3463 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3464 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3465 while SRST is asserted.
3466 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3467 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3468
3469 @item
3470 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3471 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3472 is required to use this option.
3473 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3474 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3475 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3476 be asserted before any target connection.
3477 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3478 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3479 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3480 @end itemize
3481
3482 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3483 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3484 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3485 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3486 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3487
3488 @itemize
3489 @item
3490 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3491 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3492 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3493 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3494
3495 @item
3496 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3497 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3498 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3499 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3500 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3501 @end itemize
3502 @end deffn
3503
3504 @section Custom Reset Handling
3505 @cindex events
3506
3507 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3508 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3509 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3510 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3511 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3512 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3513
3514 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3515 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3516 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3517 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3518 want to reset everything at once.
3519
3520 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3521 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3522 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3523 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3524 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3525 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3526 needs special attention.
3527
3528 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3529 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3530 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3531 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3532 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3533 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3534 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3535 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3536
3537 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3538 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3539 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3540 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3541 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3542
3543 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3544 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3545 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3546 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3547 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3548 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3549 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3550 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3551 or potentially some other value.
3552
3553 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3554 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3555 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3556 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3557 (or their associated targets)
3558 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3559
3560 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3561 they return.
3562 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3563 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3564 @end deffn
3565
3566 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3567 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3568 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3569 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3570 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3571 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3572 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3573 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3574 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3575 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3576 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3577 @end deffn
3578
3579 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3580 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3581 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3582 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3583 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3584 @end deffn
3585
3586
3587 @node TAP Declaration
3588 @chapter TAP Declaration
3589 @cindex TAP declaration
3590 @cindex TAP configuration
3591
3592 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3593 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3594
3595 @itemize @bullet
3596 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3597 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3598 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3599 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3600 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3601 start running that code.
3602 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3603 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3604 and missing connections
3605 @end itemize
3606
3607 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3608 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3609 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3610 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3611 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3612
3613 @section Scan Chains
3614 @cindex scan chain
3615
3616 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3617 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3618 They also need to be added to
3619 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3620 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3621 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3622 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3623 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3624 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3625 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3626 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3627
3628 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3629 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3630 command, presented in the next chapter.
3631 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3632 debugging targets.)
3633 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3634
3635 @verbatim
3636 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3637 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3638 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3639 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3640 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3641 @end verbatim
3642
3643 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3644 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3645 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3646 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3647 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3648 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3649 until they are told to do so.
3650
3651 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3652 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3653 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3654 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3655
3656 @example
3657 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3658 @end example
3659
3660 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3661 by a given chip.
3662 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3663 and so forth.
3664 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3665 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3666 a single chip and between them.
3667 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3668
3669 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3670 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3671 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3672 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3673 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3674 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3675 includes commands something like this:
3676
3677 @example
3678 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3679 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3680 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3681 @end example
3682
3683 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3684 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3685 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3686
3687 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3688 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3689 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3690 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3691 @example
3692 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3693 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3694 @}
3695 @end example
3696 @end deffn
3697
3698 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3699 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3700 and their status.
3701 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3702 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3703 but systems with a JTAG router can
3704 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3705 @end deffn
3706
3707 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3708 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3709
3710 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3711 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3712
3713 @section TAP Names
3714 @cindex dotted name
3715
3716 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3717 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3718 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3719 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3720 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3721 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3722 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3723 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3724
3725 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3726 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3727 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3728
3729 @quotation Tip
3730 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3731 This feature is still present.
3732 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3733 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3734 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3735 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3736 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3737 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3738 @end quotation
3739
3740 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3741
3742 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3743 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3744 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3745 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3746
3747 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3748 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3749 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3750 overridable.
3751
3752 @cindex TAP naming convention
3753 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3754 and should follow this convention:
3755
3756 @itemize @bullet
3757 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3758 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3759 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3760 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3761 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3762 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3763 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3764 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3765 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3766 with a single TAP;
3767 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3768 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3769 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3770 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3771 @end itemize
3772
3773 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3774
3775 @itemize @bullet
3776 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3777 @*The length in bits of the
3778 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3779 @end itemize
3780
3781 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3782
3783 @itemize @bullet
3784 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3785 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3786 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3787 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3788 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3789 (the TAP is linked in).
3790 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3791 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3792 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3793 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3794 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3795 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3796 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3797 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3798 values that were found but not included in the list.
3799
3800 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3801 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3802 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3803 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3804 hardware to find these values.
3805 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3806 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3807 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3808 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3809 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3810 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3811 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3812 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3813 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3814 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3815 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3816 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3817 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3818 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3819 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3820 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3821 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3822 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3823 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3824 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3825 @end itemize
3826 @end deffn
3827
3828 @section Other TAP commands
3829
3830 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3831 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3832 At this writing this TAP attribute
3833 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3834 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3835 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3836 See the next section for information about the available events.
3837
3838 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3839 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3840 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3841 @end deffn
3842
3843 @section TAP Events
3844 @cindex events
3845 @cindex TAP events
3846
3847 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3848 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3849 The other applies to debugger targets,
3850 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3851
3852 The TAP events currently defined are:
3853
3854 @itemize @bullet
3855 @item @b{post-reset}
3856 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3857 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3858 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3859 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3860 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3861
3862 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3863 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3864 of any particular target.
3865 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3866 @item @b{setup}
3867 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3868 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3869 @item @b{tap-disable}
3870 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3871 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3872 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3873 @item @b{tap-enable}
3874 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3875 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3876 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3877 @end itemize
3878
3879 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3880 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3881 contents to be accurate), you might:
3882
3883 @example
3884 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3885 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3886 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3887 @}
3888 @end example
3889
3890
3891 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3892 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3893 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3894 @cindex jrc
3895
3896 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3897 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3898 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3899 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3900 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3901
3902 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3903 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3904 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3905 be visible.
3906 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3907 ignores, such as:
3908
3909 @itemize
3910 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3911 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3912 TAPs receive new instructions.
3913 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3914 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3915 @end itemize
3916
3917 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3918 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3919 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3920 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3921
3922 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3923 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3924
3925 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3926 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3927 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3928 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3929 should define TAP event handlers using
3930 code that looks something like this:
3931
3932 @example
3933 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3934 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3935 @}
3936 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3937 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3938 @}
3939 @end example
3940
3941 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3942
3943 @example
3944 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3945 @end example
3946
3947 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3948 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3949 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3950 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3951
3952 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3953 If necessary, disables the tap
3954 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3955 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3956 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3957 and "0" if it is disabled.
3958 @end deffn
3959
3960 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3961 If necessary, enables the tap
3962 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3963 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3964 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3965 and "0" if it is disabled.
3966 @end deffn
3967
3968 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3969 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3970 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3971 and "0" if it is disabled.
3972
3973 @quotation Note
3974 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3975 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3976 @end quotation
3977 @end deffn
3978
3979 @anchor{autoprobing}
3980 @section Autoprobing
3981 @cindex autoprobe
3982 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3983
3984 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3985 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3986 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3987 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3988
3989 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3990 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3991 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3992 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3993 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3994 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3995 right when they come out of reset).
3996
3997 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3998
3999 @example
4000 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4001 reset_config trst_and_srst
4002 jtag_rclk 8
4003 @end example
4004
4005 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4006 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4007
4008 @enumerate
4009 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4010 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4011 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4012 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4013 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4014 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4015 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4016 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4017 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4018 that is discovered.
4019 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4020 register, it will report it.
4021 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4022 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4023 @end enumerate
4024
4025 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4026 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4027 that's a bit more complex:
4028
4029 @example
4030 clock speed 8 kHz
4031 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4032 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4033 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4034 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4035 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4036 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4037 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4038 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4039 @end example
4040
4041 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4042 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4043 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4044 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4045 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4046 and so forth.
4047
4048 @node CPU Configuration
4049 @chapter CPU Configuration
4050 @cindex GDB target
4051
4052 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4053 You can also access these targets without GDB
4054 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4055 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4056 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4057 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4058
4059 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4060 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4061
4062 @section Target List
4063 @cindex target, current
4064 @cindex target, list
4065
4066 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4067 where each member has a name.
4068 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4069 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4070 (plural!) command.
4071 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4072 look like with more than one:
4073 @verbatim
4074 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4075 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4076 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4077 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4078 @end verbatim
4079
4080 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4081 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4082 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4083 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4084 space seen by that current target.
4085 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4086 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4087 are examples; and there are many more.
4088
4089 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4090
4091 @deffn Command {target count}
4092 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4093 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4094 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4095
4096 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4097 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4098 @example
4099 set c [target count]
4100 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4101 # Assuming you have created this function
4102 print_target_details $x
4103 @}
4104 @end example
4105 @end deffn
4106
4107 @deffn Command {target current}
4108 Returns the name of the current target.
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn Command {target names}
4112 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4113 @example
4114 foreach t [target names] @{
4115 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4116 @}
4117 @end example
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @deffn Command {target number} number
4121 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4122 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4123
4124 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4125 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4126 @example
4127 set thename [target number $x]
4128 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4129 @end example
4130 @end deffn
4131
4132 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4133 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4134
4135 @deffn Command targets [name]
4136 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4137 command names are singular.}
4138
4139 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4140 targets in a user friendly form.
4141
4142 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4143 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4144 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4148 @cindex target type
4149 @cindex CPU type
4150 @cindex CPU variant
4151
4152 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4153 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4154 when calling @command{target create}.
4155 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4156 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4157 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4158 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4159 what core-specific commands may be available
4160 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4161 and more.
4162
4163 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4164 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4165 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4166 worked around in some chip versions.
4167
4168 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4169 since there's a command to list them.
4170 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4171 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4172
4173 @anchor{targettypes}
4174 @deffn Command {target types}
4175 Lists all supported target types.
4176 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4177
4178 @itemize @bullet
4179 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4180 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4181 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4182 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4183 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4184 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4185 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4186 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4187 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4188 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4189 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4190 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4191 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4192 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4193 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4194 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4195 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4196 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4197 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4198 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4199 There are several variants defined:
4200 @itemize @minus
4201 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4202 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4203 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4204 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4205 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4206 @end itemize
4207 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4208 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4209 @itemize @minus
4210 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4211 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4212 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4213 @end itemize
4214 And two debug interfaces cores:
4215 @itemize @minus
4216 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4217 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4218 @end itemize
4219 @end itemize
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4223 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4224 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4225 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4226 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4227 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4228 reflect design generations;
4229 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4230 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4231
4232 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4233 @section Target Configuration
4234
4235 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4236 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4237 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4238 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4239 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4240
4241 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4242 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4243 optional parts.
4244 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4245 command, created as part of target creation.
4246
4247 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4248 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4249 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4250 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4251 to be much more board-specific.
4252 The key steps you use might look something like this
4253
4254 @example
4255 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4256 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4257 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4258 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4259 @end example
4260
4261 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4262 on-chip SRAM.
4263 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4264 writes to target memory;
4265 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4266 GDB memory checksumming;
4267 and more.
4268
4269 @quotation Warning
4270 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4271 inaccessible when application code
4272 (such as an operating system)
4273 enables or disables the MMU.
4274 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4275 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4276 easy access to other addresses needed.
4277 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4278 @end quotation
4279
4280 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4281 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4282 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4283 controllers.
4284 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4285 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4286 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4287
4288 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4289 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4290 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4291 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4292 purposes including additional configuration.
4293
4294 @itemize @bullet
4295 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4296 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4297 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4298 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4299
4300 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4301 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4302 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4303 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4304 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4305 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4306 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4307 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4308
4309 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4310 @end itemize
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4314 The options accepted by this command may also be
4315 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4316 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4317 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4318
4319 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4320 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4321 and changing its endianness or variant.
4322
4323 @itemize @bullet
4324
4325 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4326 used to access this target.
4327
4328 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4329 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4330
4331 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4332 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4333 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4334 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4335 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4336 same event name assigns only one handler.
4337
4338 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4339 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4340
4341 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4342 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4343 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4344 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4345 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4346 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4347 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4348
4349 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4350 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4351 or virtual address is being used.
4352
4353 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4354 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4355
4356 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4357 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4358 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4359 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4360 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4361
4362 @anchor{rtostype}
4363 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4364 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4365 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4366 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4367
4368 @end itemize
4369 @end deffn
4370
4371 @section Other $target_name Commands
4372 @cindex object command
4373
4374 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4375 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4376
4377 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4378 Once a button is created a button
4379 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4380 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4381 configure it like this:
4382
4383 @example
4384 # Create
4385 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4386 # Modify
4387 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4388 # Query
4389 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4390 # Report
4391 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4392 @end example
4393
4394 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4395 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4396
4397 @example
4398 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4399 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4400 @end example
4401
4402 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4403
4404 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4405 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4406 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4407 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4408 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4409 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4410 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4411 They are not otherwise documented here.
4412 @end deffn
4413
4414 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4415 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4416 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4417 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4418 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4419 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4420 the target side uses raw memory.
4421
4422 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4423 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4424 The script orientation comes from working with data
4425 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4426 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4427 and neither store nor return those values.
4428
4429 @itemize
4430 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4431 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4432 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4433 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4434 @end itemize
4435 @end deffn
4436
4437 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4438 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4439 @command{$target_name configure}
4440 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4441 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4442 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4443 There are a few special cases:
4444
4445 @itemize @bullet
4446 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4447 event named @var{event_name}.
4448 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4449 two parameters.
4450 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4451 This is a special case because this is set using
4452 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4453 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4454 @end itemize
4455
4456 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4457 all the targets you might use something like this:
4458
4459 @example
4460 foreach name [target names] @{
4461 set y [$name cget -endian]
4462 set z [$name cget -type]
4463 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4464 $x $name $y $z]
4465 @}
4466 @end example
4467 @end deffn
4468
4469 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4470 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4471 Displays the current target state:
4472 @code{debug-running},
4473 @code{halted},
4474 @code{reset},
4475 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4476 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4477 @end deffn
4478
4479 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4480 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4481 currently associated with this target.
4482 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4483 @end deffn
4484
4485 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4486 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4487 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4488 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4489 @end deffn
4490
4491 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4492 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4493 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4494 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4495 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4496 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4497 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4498 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4499 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4503 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4504 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4505 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4506 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4507 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4508 @end deffn
4509
4510 @anchor{targetevents}
4511 @section Target Events
4512 @cindex target events
4513 @cindex events
4514 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4515 For example:
4516 @itemize @bullet
4517 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4518 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4519 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4520 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4521 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4522 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4523 to set up system clocks or
4524 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4525 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4526 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4527 @end itemize
4528
4529 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4530 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4531 @command{target create ... -event}.
4532
4533 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4534 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4535 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4536
4537 @example
4538 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4539 echo "Reset..."
4540 reset halt
4541 @}
4542 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4543 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4544 echo "Reset..."
4545 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4546 reset init
4547 @}
4548 @end example
4549
4550 The following target events are defined:
4551
4552 @itemize @bullet
4553 @item @b{debug-halted}
4554 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4555 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4556 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4557 @item @b{early-halted}
4558 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4559 @item @b{examine-start}
4560 @* Before target examine is called.
4561 @item @b{examine-end}
4562 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4563 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4564 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4565 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4566 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4567 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4568 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4569 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4570 @* When GDB disconnects
4571 @item @b{gdb-end}
4572 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4573 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4574 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4575 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4576 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4577 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4578 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4579 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4580 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4581 @item @b{gdb-start}
4582 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4583 @item @b{halted}
4584 @* The target has halted
4585 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4586 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4587 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4588 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4589 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4590 @item @b{reset-assert}
4591 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4592 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4593 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4594 it instead of asserting SRST.
4595 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4596 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4597 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4598 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4599 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4600 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4601 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4602 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4603 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4604 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4605 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4606 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4607 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4608 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4609 released on the scan chain.
4610 @item @b{reset-end}
4611 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4612 @ignore
4613 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4614 @* Currently not used
4615 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4616 @* Currently not used
4617 @end ignore
4618 @item @b{reset-init}
4619 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4620 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4621
4622 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4623 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4624 multiplexing, and so on.
4625 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4626 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4627 @item @b{reset-start}
4628 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4629 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4630
4631 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4632 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4633 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4634 @ignore
4635 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4636 @* Currently not used
4637 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4638 @* Currently not used
4639 @end ignore
4640 @item @b{resume-start}
4641 @* Before any target is resumed
4642 @item @b{resume-end}
4643 @* After all targets have resumed
4644 @item @b{resumed}
4645 @* Target has resumed
4646 @end itemize
4647
4648 @node Flash Commands
4649 @chapter Flash Commands
4650
4651 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4652 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4653 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4654 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4655 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4656 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4657 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4658 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4659 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4660
4661 Flash Steps:
4662 @enumerate
4663 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4664 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4665 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4666 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4667 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4668 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4669 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4670 @item GDB Flashing
4671 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4672 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4673 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4674 @end enumerate
4675
4676 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4677 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4678 so that it can't boot.
4679 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4680 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4681
4682 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4683 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4684 @cindex flash configuration
4685
4686 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4687 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4688 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4689 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4690 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4691 see the driver-specific documentation.
4692
4693 @itemize @bullet
4694 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4695 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4696 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4697 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4698 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4699 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4700 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4701 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4702 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4703 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4704 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4705 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4706 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4707 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4708 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4709 commands to the flash controller.
4710 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4711 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4712 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4713 for more information.
4714 @end itemize
4715 @quotation Note
4716 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4717 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4718 @end quotation
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4722 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4723 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4724 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4725 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4726 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4727 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730 @deffn Command {flash list}
4731 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4732 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4733 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4737 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4738 depends on the flash type.
4739 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4740 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4741 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4742 but most don't bother.
4743 @end deffn
4744
4745 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4746 @cindex flash erasing
4747 @cindex flash reading
4748 @cindex flash writing
4749 @cindex flash programming
4750 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4751
4752 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4753 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4754 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4755 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4756 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4757
4758 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4759 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4760 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4761 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4762 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4763
4764 @quotation Note
4765 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4766 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4767 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4768 back to a flash bank.
4769 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4770 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4771 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4772 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4773 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4774 @end quotation
4775
4776 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4777 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4778 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4779 disabled first.
4780 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4781 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4782 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4783
4784 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4785 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4786 up to and including @var{last}.
4787 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4788 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4789 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4790 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4794 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4795 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4796 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4797 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4798 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4799 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4800 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4801 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4802 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4803 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4804 before erase starts.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4808 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4809 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4810 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4811 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4812 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4813 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4814 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4815 before issuing this command.
4816 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4817 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4818 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4819 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4820 @end deffn
4821 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4822
4823 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4824 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4825 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4826 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4827 @end deffn
4828
4829 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4830 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4831 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4832 to the base address for each section in the image.
4833 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4834 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4835 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4836 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4837 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4838 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4839 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4840 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4841 each image section.
4842
4843 @quotation Warning
4844 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4845 data you want to preserve.
4846 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4847 sections might be erased with no notice.
4848 @itemize
4849 @item
4850 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4851 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4852 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4853 @item
4854 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4855 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4856 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4857 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4858 @end itemize
4859 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4860 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4861 @end quotation
4862
4863 @end deffn
4864
4865 @section Other Flash commands
4866 @cindex flash protection
4867
4868 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4869 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4870 and display that status.
4871 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4872 @end deffn
4873
4874 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4875 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4876 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4877 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4878 and possibly stale information.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @anchor{flashprotect}
4882 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4883 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4884 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4885 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4886 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4887 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4888 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4892 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4893 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4894 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @anchor{program}
4898 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4899 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4900 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4901 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4902 @end deffn
4903
4904 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4905 @section Flash Driver List
4906 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4907 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4908 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4909
4910 @subsection External Flash
4911
4912 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4913 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4914 @cindex CFI
4915 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4916 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4917 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4918 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4919 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4920 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4921 configure a bus and its timings), or
4922 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4923 on the flash chip.
4924 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4925 speed up operation.
4926
4927 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4928
4929 @itemize
4930 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4931 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4932 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4933 @end itemize
4934
4935 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4936 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4937
4938 @example
4939 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4940 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4941 @end example
4942
4943 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4944 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4945 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4946
4947 @example
4948 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4949 @end example
4950
4951 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4952 @end deffn
4953
4954 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4955 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4956 @cindex SPIFI
4957 @cindex lpcspifi
4958 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4959 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4960 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4961
4962 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4963 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4964 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4965 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4966 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4967
4968 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4969 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4970 are configured by the driver.
4971
4972 @example
4973 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4974 @end example
4975
4976 @end deffn
4977
4978 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4979 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4980 @cindex SMI
4981 @cindex stmsmi
4982 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4983 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4984 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4985 SPI flash devices.
4986 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4987 flash devices can be connected.
4988
4989 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4990 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4991 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4992 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4993 the flash content.
4994
4995 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4996 to identify the memory bank.
4997 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4998 flash size, are detected automatically.
4999
5000 @example
5001 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5002 @end example
5003
5004 @end deffn
5005
5006 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5007
5008 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5009 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5010 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5011 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5012 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5013 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5014
5015 @example
5016 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5017 @end example
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @anchor{at91sam3}
5021 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5022 @cindex at91sam3
5023 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5024 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5025 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5026 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5027 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5028 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5029 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5030 chips are confirmed.}
5031
5032 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5033 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5034 the following fixed locations:
5035
5036 @example
5037 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5038 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5039 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5040 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5041 @end example
5042
5043 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5044 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5045 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5046
5047 @itemize
5048 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5049 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5050 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5051 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5052 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5053 @end itemize
5054
5055 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5056
5057 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5058 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5059 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5060 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5061 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5062 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5063 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5064
5065 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5066 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5067 @end deffn
5068
5069 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5070 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5071 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5072 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5073 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5074 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5075 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5076 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5077 @end deffn
5078
5079 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5080 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5081 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5082 @end deffn
5083 @end deffn
5084
5085 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5086 @cindex at91sam4
5087 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5088 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5089 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5090 @end deffn
5091
5092 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5093 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5094 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5095 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5096 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5097
5098 @example
5099 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5100 @end example
5101
5102 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5103 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5104
5105 @itemize
5106 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5107 @item @var{banks}
5108 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5109 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5110 @item @var{pages_size}
5111 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5112 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5113 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5114 @end itemize
5115
5116 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5117 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5118 will be autoconfigured.
5119 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5120
5121 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5122 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5123 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5124 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5125 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5126
5127 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5128 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5129 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5130 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5131 are not truly general purpose).
5132 @quotation Note
5133 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5134 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5135 @end quotation
5136 @end deffn
5137 @end deffn
5138
5139 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5140 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5141 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5142 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5146 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5147 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5148 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5149 autoconfigures itself.
5150 @example
5151 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5152 @end example
5153 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5154 supported.}
5155 @end deffn
5156
5157 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5158 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5159 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5160 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5161
5162 @quotation Note
5163 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5164 driver:
5165 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5166 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5167 @end quotation
5168
5169 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5170 which must appear in the following order:
5171
5172 @itemize
5173 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5174 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5175 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5176 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5177 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5178 LPC43x[2357])
5179 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5180 at which the core is running
5181 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5182 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5183 @quotation Note
5184 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5185 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5186 However, if you do provide it,
5187 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5188 @end quotation
5189 @end itemize
5190
5191 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5192
5193 @example
5194 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5195 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5196 @end example
5197
5198 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5199 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5200 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5201 @end deffn
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5205 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5206 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5207 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5208 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5209 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5210
5211 @example
5212 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5213 @end example
5214 @end deffn
5215
5216 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5217 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5218 from NXP.
5219
5220 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5221 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5222 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5223 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5224 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5225 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5226 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5227 you start the PLL.
5228
5229 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5230
5231 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5232 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5233 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5234
5235 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5236 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5237 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5238 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5239 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5240 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5241 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5242
5243 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5244 @example
5245 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5246 @end example
5247
5248 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5249 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5250 @code{flash banks} command.
5251
5252 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5253 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5254 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5255 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5256 a known signature.
5257 Example:
5258 @example
5259 lpc2900 signature 0
5260 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5261 @end example
5262 @end deffn
5263
5264 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5265 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5266 saves it to a file in binary format.
5267 Example:
5268 @example
5269 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5270 @end example
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5274 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5275 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5276 command:
5277
5278 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5279 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5280 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5281 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5282
5283 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5284 Example:
5285 @example
5286 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5287 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5288 @end example
5289 @end deffn
5290
5291 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5292 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5293 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5294 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5295 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5296 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5297 912 bytes.
5298 @quotation Attention
5299 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5300 @end quotation
5301 Example:
5302 @example
5303 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5304 @end example
5305 @end deffn
5306
5307 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5308 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5309 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5310 after the next power cycle.
5311 @quotation Attention
5312 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5313 @end quotation
5314 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5315 Example:
5316 @example
5317 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5318 flash info 0
5319 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5320 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5321 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5322 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5323 @end example
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5327 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5328 effective after the next power cycle.
5329 @quotation Attention
5330 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5331 @end quotation
5332 Examples:
5333 @example
5334 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5335 @end example
5336 @end deffn
5337 @end deffn
5338
5339 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5340 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5341
5342 @example
5343 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5344 @end example
5345 @end deffn
5346
5347 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5348 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5349 and integrate flash memory.
5350
5351 @example
5352 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5353 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5354 @end example
5355
5356 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5357 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5358 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5359 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5360 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5361 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5362 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5363 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5364 @end deffn
5365 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5366 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5367 This will remove any Code Protection.
5368 @end deffn
5369 @end deffn
5370
5371 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5372 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5373 Texas Instruments
5374 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5375 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5376 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5377 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5378 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5379 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5380
5381 @example
5382 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5383 @end example
5384
5385 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5386 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5387 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5388 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5389 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5390 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5391
5392 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5393 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5394 @quotation Warning
5395 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5396 applied to all of them.
5397 @end quotation
5398 @end deffn
5399 @end deffn
5400
5401 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5402 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5403 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5404 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5405 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5406
5407 @example
5408 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5409 @end example
5410
5411 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5412 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5413 the flash driver.
5414
5415 @example
5416 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5417 @end example
5418
5419 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5420 as per the following example.
5421 @example
5422 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5423 @end example
5424
5425 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5426 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5427 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5428 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5429 are defined:
5430
5431 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5432 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5433 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5437 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5438 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5442 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5443 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5444 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5448 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5449 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5450 @end deffn
5451 @end deffn
5452
5453 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5454 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5455 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5456 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5457 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5458
5459 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5460 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5461 the flash driver.
5462
5463 @example
5464 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5465 @end example
5466
5467 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5468
5469 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5470 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5471 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5472 @end deffn
5473
5474 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5475 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5476 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5477 @end deffn
5478 @end deffn
5479
5480 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5481 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5482 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5483 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5484 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5485
5486 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5487 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5488 the flash driver.
5489
5490 @example
5491 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5492 @end example
5493 @end deffn
5494
5495 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5496 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5497 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5498 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5499 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5500
5501 @example
5502 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5503 @end example
5504
5505 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5506 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5507 for the specified flash bank.
5508 @end deffn
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5512 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5513 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5514 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5515 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5516
5517 @example
5518 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5519 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5520 @end example
5521
5522 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5523 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5524 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5525
5526 @itemize @bullet
5527 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5528 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5529 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5530 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5531 @end itemize
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534 @end deffn
5535
5536 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5537 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5538 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5539 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5540
5541 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5542
5543 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5544 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5545 @end deffn
5546
5547 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5548 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5552 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5553 the flash clock.
5554 @end deffn
5555 @end deffn
5556
5557 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5558 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5559 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5560
5561 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5562
5563 @itemize
5564 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5565 @end itemize
5566
5567 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5568 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5569 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5570 @example
5571 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5572 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5573 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5574 @end example
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5578 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5579 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5580 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5581 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5582 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5583 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5584
5585 @example
5586 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5587 @end example
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @subsection str9xpec driver
5591 @cindex str9xpec
5592
5593 Here is some background info to help
5594 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5595 the str9:
5596 @enumerate
5597 @item
5598 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5599 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5600 @item
5601 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5602 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5603 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5604 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5605 @end enumerate
5606
5607 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5608 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5609 configured for flash bank 0.
5610 @example
5611 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5612 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5613 jtag_reset 0 1
5614 # turn off target polling
5615 poll off
5616 # disable str9 core
5617 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5618 # read option bytes
5619 str9xpec options_read 0
5620 # re-enable str9 core
5621 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5622 poll on
5623 reset halt
5624 @end example
5625 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5626 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5627 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5628 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5629
5630 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5631 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5632 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5633 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5634 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5635
5636 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5637
5638 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5639 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5640 @end deffn
5641
5642 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5643 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5644 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5645 @end deffn
5646
5647 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5648 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5649 erase the device.
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5653 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5657 Configure str9 boot bank.
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5661 Configure str9 lvd source.
5662 @end deffn
5663
5664 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5665 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5669 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5670 @end deffn
5671
5672 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5673 Read str9 option bytes.
5674 @end deffn
5675
5676 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5677 Write str9 option bytes.
5678 @end deffn
5679
5680 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5681 unlock str9 device.
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686
5687 @section mFlash
5688
5689 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5690 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5691
5692 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5693 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5694 address @var{base}.
5695 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5696 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5697
5698 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5699
5700 @example
5701 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5702 @end example
5703
5704 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5705
5706 @example
5707 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5708 @end example
5709 @end deffn
5710
5711 @subsection mFlash commands
5712 @cindex mFlash commands
5713
5714 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5715 Configure mflash PLL.
5716 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5717 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5718 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5719 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5723 Configure bootable option.
5724 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5725 (4kB) for boot.
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5729 Configure storage information.
5730 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5731 written.
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5735 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5736 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5737 @end deffn
5738
5739 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5740 Probe mflash.
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5744 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5745 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5746 @end deffn
5747
5748 @node Flash Programming
5749 @chapter Flash Programming
5750
5751 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5752 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5753 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5754
5755 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5756 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5757
5758 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5759 @enumerate
5760 @item 'init' is executed.
5761 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5762 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5763 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5764 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5765 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5766 @end enumerate
5767
5768 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5769
5770 @example
5771 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5772 # are optional parameters
5773 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5774 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5775
5776 # binary files need the flash address passing
5777 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5778 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5779 @end example
5780
5781 @node NAND Flash Commands
5782 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5783 @cindex NAND
5784
5785 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5786 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5787 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5788
5789 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5790 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5791 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5792 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5793 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5794 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5795
5796 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5797 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5798 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5799 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5800 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5801 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5802 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5803 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5804 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5805 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5806
5807 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5808 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5809 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5810 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5811 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5812 every 512 bytes of data.
5813
5814 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5815 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5816 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5817 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5818 ECC mode is used.
5819
5820 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5821 @enumerate
5822 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5823 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5824 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5825 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5826 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5827 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5828 to access that device.
5829 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5830 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5831 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5832 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5833 de-brick a board.
5834 @end enumerate
5835
5836 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5837 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5838 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5839 are only 32 bits wide.
5840 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5841 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5842 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5843 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5844
5845 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5846 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5847 @cindex NAND configuration
5848
5849 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5850 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5851 OpenOCD has initialized.
5852
5853 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5854 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5855 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5856 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5857 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5858 they were a single (larger) device.
5859 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5860 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5861
5862 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5863 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5864 configuration files, not interactively.
5865
5866 @itemize @bullet
5867 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5868 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5869 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5870 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5871 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5872 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5873 commands to the NAND controller.
5874 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5875 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5876 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5877 for more information.
5878 @end itemize
5879 @end deffn
5880
5881 @deffn Command {nand list}
5882 Prints a summary of each device declared
5883 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5884 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5885 @example
5886 > nand list
5887 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5888 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5889 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5890 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5891 >
5892 @end example
5893 @end deffn
5894
5895 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5896 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5897 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5898 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5899 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5900 it with most other NAND commands.
5901 @end deffn
5902
5903 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5904
5905 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5906 @cindex NAND reading
5907 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5908 starting at the specified offset.
5909 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5910
5911 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5912 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5913
5914 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5915 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5916 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5917
5918 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5919 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5920 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5921 method which handled that error correction.
5922
5923 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5924 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5925 @itemize @bullet
5926 @item no oob_* parameter
5927 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5928 @item @code{oob_raw}
5929 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5930 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5931 spare areas associated with each data page.
5932 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5933 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5934 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5935 @item @code{oob_only}
5936 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5937 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5938 spare areas associated with each data page.
5939 @end itemize
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5943 @cindex NAND erasing
5944 @cindex NAND programming
5945 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5946 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5947 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5948 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5949 If those parameters are not specified,
5950 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5951 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5952
5953 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5954 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5955 block marker.
5956 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5957 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5961 @cindex NAND writing
5962 @cindex NAND programming
5963 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5964 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5965 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5966 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5967
5968 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5969 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5970
5971 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5972 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5973 past the end of the device.
5974 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5975 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5976 if that's being written.)
5977
5978 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5979 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5980 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5981
5982 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5983 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5984 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5985 @itemize @bullet
5986 @item no oob_* parameter
5987 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5988 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5989 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5990 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5991 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5992 @item @code{oob_only}
5993 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5994 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5995 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5996 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5997 @item @code{oob_raw}
5998 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5999 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6000 un-altered OOB.
6001 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6002 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6003 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6004 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6005 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6006 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6007 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6008 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6009 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6010 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6011 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6012 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6013 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6014 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6015 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6016 @end itemize
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6020 @cindex NAND verification
6021 @cindex NAND programming
6022 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6023 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6024 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6025
6026 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6027 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6028
6029 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6030 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6031 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6032 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6033 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6034
6035 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6036 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6037 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6038
6039 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6040 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6041 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6042 be removed in a future release.
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @section Other NAND commands
6046 @cindex NAND other commands
6047
6048 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6049 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6050 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6051 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6052 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6053 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6054 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6055 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6056
6057 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6058 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6059 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6063 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6064 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6065 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6066 status for each block.
6067 @end deffn
6068
6069 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6070 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6071 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6072
6073 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6074 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6075 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6076 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6077 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6078
6079 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6080 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6081 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6082 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6083 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6084 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6085 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6086 @end deffn
6087
6088 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6089 @section NAND Driver List
6090 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6091 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6092 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6093
6094 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6095 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6096 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6097 address of the ECC controller.
6098 @example
6099 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6100 @end example
6101 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6102 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6103 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6104 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6105 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6106 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6107 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6108 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6109 @end deffn
6110 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6111 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6112 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6113 @end deffn
6114
6115 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6116 properly configured for input or output.
6117 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6118 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6119 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6120 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6121 @end deffn
6122 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6123 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6124 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6125 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6126 @end deffn
6127 @end deffn
6128
6129 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6130 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6131 chips from Texas Instruments.
6132 It takes three extra parameters:
6133 address of the NAND chip;
6134 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6135 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6136 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6137 @example
6138 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6139 @end example
6140 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6141 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6142 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6143 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6144 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6145 @end deffn
6146
6147 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6148 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6149 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6150 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6151 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6152 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6153 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6157 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6158 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6159 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6160 @end deffn
6161 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6162
6163 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6164 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6165 should work for this chip aswell.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6169 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6170 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6171 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6172 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6173 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6174 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6175 @example
6176 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6177 @end example
6178 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6179 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6180 without parameter query status.
6181 @end deffn
6182 @end deffn
6183
6184 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6185 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6186 parameter: the address of the controller.
6187 @example
6188 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6189 @end example
6190 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6191 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6192 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6193 change any behavior.
6194 @end deffn
6195
6196 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6197 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6198 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6199 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6200 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6201 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6202 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6203 specialized commands.
6204 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6205 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6206 change any behavior.
6207 @end deffn
6208
6209 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6210 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6211 @cindex PLD
6212 @cindex FPGA
6213
6214 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6215 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6216 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6217 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6218 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6219 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6220 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6221
6222 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6223
6224 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6225 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6226 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6227
6228 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6229 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6230
6231 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6232 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6233 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6234 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6235 behavior.
6236 @end deffn
6237
6238 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6239 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6243 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6244 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6245 @end deffn
6246
6247 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6248
6249 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6250 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6251 that particular type of PLD.
6252
6253 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6254 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6255 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6256 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6257 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6258
6259 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6260 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6261 for FPGA @var{num}.
6262 @end deffn
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @node General Commands
6266 @chapter General Commands
6267 @cindex commands
6268
6269 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6270 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6271 commands are documented elsewhere.
6272
6273 Intent:
6274 @itemize @bullet
6275 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6276 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6277 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6278 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6279
6280 @item @b{From the human}
6281 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6282 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6283
6284 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6285 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6286 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6287
6288 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6289 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6290 port is 5555.
6291 @end itemize
6292
6293
6294 @section Daemon Commands
6295
6296 @deffn {Command} exit
6297 Exits the current telnet session.
6298 @end deffn
6299
6300 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6301 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6302 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6303 Not every command provides helptext.
6304
6305 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6306 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6307 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6308 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6309 @end deffn
6310
6311 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6312 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6313 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6314 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6315 Useful in connection with script files
6316 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6317 @end deffn
6318
6319 @deffn Command shutdown
6320 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6321 @end deffn
6322
6323 @anchor{debuglevel}
6324 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6325 @cindex message level
6326 Display debug level.
6327 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6328 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6329 Level 0 is error messages only;
6330 level 1 adds warnings;
6331 level 2 adds informational messages;
6332 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6333 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6334 the command line along with the location of that log
6335 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6336 @xref{Running}.
6337 @end deffn
6338
6339 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6340 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6341 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6342 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6343 @example
6344 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6345 @end example
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6349 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6350 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6351 @end deffn
6352
6353 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6354 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6355 @end deffn
6356
6357 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6358 @section Target State handling
6359 @cindex reset
6360 @cindex halt
6361 @cindex target initialization
6362
6363 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6364 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6365 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6366 a current target which is used to perform the
6367 various operations. The current target may be changed
6368 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6369 target which should become current.
6370
6371 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6372 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6373 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6374 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6375 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6376
6377 @emph{With no arguments}:
6378 list all available registers for the current target,
6379 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6380 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6381 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6382 are flagged as such.
6383
6384 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6385
6386 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6387 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6388 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6389 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6390 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6391 relevant module will flush such values.
6392
6393 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6394 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6395
6396 @example
6397 > reg
6398 ===== ARM registers
6399 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6400 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6401 (2) r2 (/32)
6402 ...
6403 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6404 >
6405 @end example
6406 @end deffn
6407
6408 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6409 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6410 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6411 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6412 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6413 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6414 (and enter debug mode).
6415 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6416
6417 @quotation Warning
6418 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6419 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6420 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6421 power mode by gating the core clock;
6422 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6423
6424 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6425 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6426 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6427 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6428 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6429 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6430
6431 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6432 work with a JTAG debugger.
6433 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6434 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6435 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6436 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6437 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6438 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6439 @end quotation
6440
6441 @end deffn
6442
6443 @deffn Command resume [address]
6444 Resume the target at its current code position,
6445 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6446 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6447 @end deffn
6448
6449 @deffn Command step [address]
6450 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6451 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @anchor{resetcommand}
6455 @deffn Command reset
6456 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6457 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6458 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6459 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6460 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6461 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6462
6463 The optional parameter specifies what should
6464 happen after the reset.
6465 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6466 The other options will not work on all systems.
6467 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6468
6469 @itemize @minus
6470 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6471 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6472 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6473 @end itemize
6474 @end deffn
6475
6476 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6477 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6478 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6479 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6480 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6481 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6482 state.
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @section I/O Utilities
6486
6487 These commands are available when
6488 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6489 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6490 notably the ZY1000.
6491 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6492
6493 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6494
6495 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6496 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6497 the text file @file{filename}.
6498 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6499 The last string is followed by a newline.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command cat filename
6503 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6507 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6508 into @file{dest_filename}.
6509 @end deffn
6510
6511 @deffn Command ip
6512 @emph{No description provided.}
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command ls
6516 @emph{No description provided.}
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @deffn Command mac
6520 @emph{No description provided.}
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @deffn Command meminfo
6524 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6525 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6526 @end deffn
6527
6528 @deffn Command peek
6529 @emph{No description provided.}
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @deffn Command poke
6533 @emph{No description provided.}
6534 @end deffn
6535
6536 @deffn Command rm filename
6537 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6538 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6539 @end deffn
6540
6541 @deffn Command trunc filename
6542 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6543 @end deffn
6544
6545 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6546 @section Memory access commands
6547 @cindex memory access
6548
6549 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6550 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6551 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6552 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6553
6554 @enumerate
6555 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6556 to change the current target.
6557 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6558 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6559 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6560 @end enumerate
6561
6562 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6563 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6564 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6565 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6566 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6567 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6568 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6569 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6570 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6571 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6572 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6573 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6574 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6575 @end deffn
6576
6577 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6578 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6579 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6580 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6581 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6582 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6583 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6584 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6585 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6586 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @anchor{imageaccess}
6590 @section Image loading commands
6591 @cindex image loading
6592 @cindex image dumping
6593
6594 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6595 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6596 binary file named @var{filename}.
6597 @end deffn
6598
6599 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6600 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6601 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6602 @end deffn
6603
6604 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6605 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6606 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6607 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6608 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6609 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6610 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6611 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6612 separately.
6613 @end deffn
6614
6615 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6616 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6617 The file format may optionally be specified
6618 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6619 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6620 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6621 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6622 @example
6623 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6624 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6625 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6626 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6627 @}
6628 @end example
6629 @end deffn
6630
6631 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6632 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6633 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6634 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6635 The file format may optionally be specified
6636 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6637 @end deffn
6638
6639 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6640 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6641 The file format may optionally be specified
6642 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6643 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6644 @end deffn
6645
6646
6647 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6648 @cindex breakpoint
6649 @cindex watchpoint
6650
6651 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6652 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6653 watchpoints.
6654 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6655
6656 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6657 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6658 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6659 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6660 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6661 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6662
6663 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6664 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6665 @end deffn
6666
6667 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6668 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6672 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6673 @end deffn
6674
6675 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6676 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6677 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6678 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6679 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6680 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6681 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6682 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6683 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6684 @end deffn
6685
6686 @section Misc Commands
6687
6688 @cindex profiling
6689 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6690 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6691 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6692 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6693 @end deffn
6694
6695 @deffn Command {version}
6696 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6697 @end deffn
6698
6699 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6700 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6701 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6702 @end deffn
6703
6704 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6705 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6706 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6707 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6708
6709 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6710 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6711 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6712 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6713
6714 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6715 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6716 @cindex tracing
6717 @cindex ETM
6718 @cindex ETB
6719
6720 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6721 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6722 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6723
6724 @itemize
6725 @item
6726 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6727 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6728 supports such an interface.
6729 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6730 and trace port support.)
6731 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6732 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6733 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6734 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6735 in the board-specific configuration file.
6736 @item
6737 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6738 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6739 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6740 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6741 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6742 @end itemize
6743
6744 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6745
6746 @quotation Issues
6747 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6748 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6749
6750 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6751 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6752 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6753 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6754 dummy trace port driver}.
6755
6756 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6757 as well as tracing only during specific states
6758 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6759
6760 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6761 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6762 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6763 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6764 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6765
6766 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6767 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6768 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6769 this original style of JTAG access.
6770 @end quotation
6771
6772 @subsection ETM Configuration
6773 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6774
6775 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6776 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6777 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6778
6779 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6780 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6781 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6782 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6783 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6784 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6785 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6786 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6787 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6788
6789 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6790 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6791 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6792
6793 @quotation Warning
6794 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6795 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6796 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6797 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6798 @end quotation
6799
6800 @quotation Note
6801 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6802 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6803 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6804 what CPU activities are traced.
6805 @end quotation
6806 @end deffn
6807
6808 @deffn Command {etm info}
6809 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6810 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6811 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6812 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6813 @end deffn
6814
6815 @deffn Command {etm status}
6816 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6817 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6818 Did trace data overflow?
6819 Was it triggered?
6820 @end deffn
6821
6822 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6823 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6824 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6825 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6826 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6827
6828 @itemize
6829 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6830 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6831 The value is one of
6832 @option{none} (save nothing),
6833 @option{data} (save data),
6834 @option{address} (save addresses),
6835 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6836 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6837 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6838 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6839 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6840 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6841 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6842 trace stream without an image of the code.
6843 @end itemize
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6847 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6848 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6849 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6850 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6851
6852 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6853 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6854 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6855 @end deffn
6856
6857 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6858
6859 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6860 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6861 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6862
6863 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6864 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6865 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6866 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6867 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6868 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6869 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6870
6871 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6872
6873 @itemize
6874 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6875 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6876 for instruction access within that function's body.
6877 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6878 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6879 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6880 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6881 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6882 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6883 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6884 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6885 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6886 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6887 @item @emph{... more}
6888 @end itemize
6889
6890 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6891 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6892
6893 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6894 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6895 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6896 @end deffn
6897
6898 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6899 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6900 @end deffn
6901
6902 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6903 Opens an image file.
6904 @end deffn
6905
6906 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6907 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6908 @end deffn
6909
6910 @deffn Command {etm start}
6911 Starts trace data collection.
6912 @end deffn
6913
6914 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6915 Stops trace data collection.
6916 @end deffn
6917
6918 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6919 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6920
6921 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6922
6923 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6924 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6925 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6926 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6927 any trace data collection.}
6928 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6929 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6930 @end deffn
6931 @end deffn
6932
6933 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6934 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6935 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6936 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6937 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6938 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6939 @end deffn
6940 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6941 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6942 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6943 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6944 trace trigger becomes active.
6945
6946 @itemize
6947 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6948 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6949 afterwards.
6950 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6951 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6952 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6953 what caused that event to happen.
6954 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6955 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6956 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6957 how the event caused trouble.
6958 @end itemize
6959 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6960 @end deffn
6961
6962 @end deffn
6963
6964 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6965 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6966 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6967 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6968 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6969
6970 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6971 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6972
6973 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6974 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6975 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6976 @end deffn
6977
6978 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6979 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6980 @end deffn
6981
6982 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6983 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6984 @end deffn
6985 @end deffn
6986
6987
6988 @section Generic ARM
6989 @cindex ARM
6990
6991 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6992 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6993 commands that may be available.
6994
6995 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6996 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6997 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6998 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6999 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7000 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7001 @end deffn
7002
7003 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7004 @cindex disassemble
7005 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7006 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7007 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7008 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7009 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7010 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7011 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7012
7013 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7014 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7015 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7016 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7017 with a handful of exceptions.
7018 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7019 @end deffn
7020
7021 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7022 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7023 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7024 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7025 and using the MCR instruction.
7026 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7027 an ARM register.)
7028 @end deffn
7029
7030 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7031 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7032 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7033 and the MRC instruction.
7034 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7035 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7036 an ARM register.)
7037 @end deffn
7038
7039 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7040 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7041 core mode if necessary.
7042 @end deffn
7043
7044 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7045 @cindex ARM semihosting
7046 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7047
7048 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7049 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7050 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7051 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7052 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7053 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7054 @end deffn
7055
7056 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7057 @cindex ARMv4
7058 @cindex ARMv5
7059
7060 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7061 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7062 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7063 variant.
7064
7065 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7066 @cindex ARM7
7067 @cindex ARM9
7068
7069 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7070 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7071 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7072 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7073
7074 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7075 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7076 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7077 instead of breakpoints.
7078 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7079
7080 This should be
7081 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7082 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7083 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7084 @end deffn
7085
7086 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7087 @cindex DCC
7088 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7089 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7090 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7091
7092 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7093 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7094 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7095 @end deffn
7096
7097 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7098 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7099 that don't check completion of the operation.
7100 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7101
7102 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7103 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7104 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7105 @end deffn
7106
7107 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7108 @cindex ARM720T
7109
7110 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7111 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7112 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7113 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7114
7115 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7116 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7117 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7118
7119 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7120 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7121 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7122 @end deffn
7123
7124 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7125 @cindex ARM9
7126
7127 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7128 integer processors.
7129 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7130
7131 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7132 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7133 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7134 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7135
7136 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7137 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7138 @cindex vector_catch
7139 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7140 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7141 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7142 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7143 to those hardware vectors.
7144
7145 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7146 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7147 vector catch hardware to intercept
7148 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7149 @option{none} of them,
7150 or a list with one or more of the following:
7151 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7152 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7153 @end deffn
7154
7155 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7156 @cindex ARM920T
7157
7158 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7159 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7160 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7161 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7162 and ARM9 commands.
7163
7164 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7165 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7166 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7167 @end deffn
7168
7169 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7170 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7171 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7172 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7173 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7174 (Not all registers can be written.)
7175 @end deffn
7176
7177 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7178 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7179 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7180
7181 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7182 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7183 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7184 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7185 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7186 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7187 @end deffn
7188
7189 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7190 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7194 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7198 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7199
7200 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7201 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7202 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7203 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7204 and ARM9 commands.
7205
7206 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7207 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7208
7209 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7210 Print information about the caches found.
7211 @end deffn
7212
7213 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7214 @cindex ARM966E
7215
7216 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7217 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7218 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7219 and ARM9 commands.
7220
7221 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7222 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7223 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7224 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7225 ARM966E-S TRM.
7226 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7227 as required for BIST support.
7228 @end deffn
7229
7230 @subsection XScale specific commands
7231 @cindex XScale
7232
7233 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7234
7235 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7236 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7237 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7238 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7239 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7240 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7241 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7242
7243 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7244 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7245 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7246 the mini-IC.
7247
7248 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7249 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7250 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7251 code layout in memory:
7252 @example
7253 _vectors:
7254 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7255 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7256 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7257 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7258 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7259 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7260 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7261 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7262 .org 0x100
7263 .long real_reset_vector
7264 .long real_ui_handler
7265 .long real_swi_handler
7266 .long real_pf_abort
7267 .long real_data_abort
7268 .long 0 /* unused */
7269 .long real_irq_handler
7270 .long real_fiq_handler
7271 @end example
7272
7273 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7274 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7275 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7276 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7277 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7278 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7279 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7280 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7281 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7282 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7283 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7284 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7285 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7286 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7287 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7288 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7289 software.
7290
7291 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7292 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7293 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7294 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7295
7296 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7297 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7298 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7299 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7300 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7301 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7302 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7303 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7304 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7305
7306 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7307 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7308
7309 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7310 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7311 @end deffn
7312
7313 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7314 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7315 @end deffn
7316
7317 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7318 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7319 @end deffn
7320
7321 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7322 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7323 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7324 @end deffn
7325
7326 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7327 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7328 @end deffn
7329
7330 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7331 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7332 @end deffn
7333
7334 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7335 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7336 @end deffn
7337
7338 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7339 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7340 @end deffn
7341
7342 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7343 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7344 @end deffn
7345
7346 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7347 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7348 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7349 and modifying how it is emptied.
7350 @end deffn
7351
7352 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7353 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7354 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7355 The image @var{type} may be one of
7356 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7357 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7358 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7359 @end deffn
7360
7361 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7362 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7363 @cindex vector_catch
7364 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7365 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7366
7367 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7368 @example
7369 0x01 Trap Reset
7370 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7371 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7372 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7373 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7374 0x20 reserved
7375 0x40 Trap IRQ
7376 0x80 Trap FIQ
7377 @end example
7378 @end deffn
7379
7380 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7381 @cindex vector_table
7382
7383 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7384 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7385 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7386 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7387 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7388
7389 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7390
7391 @end deffn
7392
7393 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7394 @cindex ARMv6
7395
7396 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7397 @cindex ARM11
7398
7399 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7400 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7401 which is enabled by default.
7402 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7403 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7404 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7405 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7406 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7407 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7408 @end deffn
7409
7410 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7411 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7412 which is enabled by default.
7413 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7414 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7415 @end deffn
7416
7417 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7418 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7419 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7420 they are disabled by default.
7421 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7422 @end deffn
7423
7424 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7425 @cindex vector_catch
7426 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7427 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7428 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7429
7430 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7431 for certain hardware events.
7432 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7433 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7434 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7435 @end deffn
7436
7437 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7438 @cindex ARMv7
7439
7440 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7441 @cindex Debug Access Port
7442 @cindex DAP
7443 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7444 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7445 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7446
7447 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7448 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7449 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7450 @end deffn
7451
7452 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7453 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7454 @end deffn
7455
7456 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7457 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7458 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7459 @end deffn
7460
7461 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7462 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7463 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7464 @end deffn
7465
7466 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7467 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7468 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7469 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7470 @end deffn
7471
7472 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7473 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7474 Defaulting to 0.
7475 @end deffn
7476
7477 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7478 @cindex Cortex-M
7479
7480 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7481 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7482
7483 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7484 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7485 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7486 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7487 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7488 the step command leaves with the core running.
7489
7490 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7491 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7492 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7493
7494 Default is @option{auto}.
7495 @end deffn
7496
7497 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7498 @cindex vector_catch
7499 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7500 for certain hardware events.
7501
7502 Parameters request interception of
7503 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7504 @option{none} of them,
7505 or one or more of the following:
7506 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7507 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7508 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7509 @option{irq_err},
7510 @option{state_err},
7511 @option{chk_err}, or
7512 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7513 @option{reset}.
7514 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7515 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7516 are mapped to HardFault.
7517 UsageFault checks for
7518 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7519 must also be explicitly enabled.
7520
7521 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7522 @end deffn
7523
7524 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7525 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7526 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7527 @itemize @minus
7528 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7529 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7530 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7531 @end itemize
7532 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7533 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7534 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7535 the peripherals.
7536 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7537 @end deffn
7538
7539 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7540
7541 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7542 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7543
7544 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7545 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7546 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7547 @end deffn
7548 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7549 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7550
7551 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7552
7553 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7554 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7555 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7556 @end deffn
7557
7558 @subsection Registers commands
7559 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7560 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7561 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7562
7563 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7564
7565 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7566 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7567 and "timer" groups.
7568
7569 @emph{example:}
7570 @example
7571 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7572 @end example
7573
7574
7575 @end deffn
7576 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7577 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7578
7579 @emph{group} can be "system",
7580 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7581 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7582 @end deffn
7583
7584 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7585 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7586 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7587 @cindex tracing
7588 @cindex libdcc
7589 @cindex DCC
7590 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7591 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7592 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7593 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7594
7595 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7596 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7597 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7598 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7599 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7600 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7601
7602 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7603 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7604 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7605 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7606 The target being debugged may
7607 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7608 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7609 each supported by a command:
7610
7611 @itemize
7612 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7613 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7614 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7615 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7616
7617 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7618 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7619 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7620
7621 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7622 and then displayed at any time.
7623 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7624
7625 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7626 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7627 @end itemize
7628
7629 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7630 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7631 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7632 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7633 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7634 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7635 does the same thing.
7636
7637 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7638 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7639 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7640 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7641 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7642
7643 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7644 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7645 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7646 @end deffn
7647
7648 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7649 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7650 in the order they triggered.
7651 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7652 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7653 history records.
7654 @end deffn
7655
7656 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7657 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7658 they have been triggered.
7659 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7660 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7661 and associates it with that identifier.
7662
7663 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7664 are not related except by this command.
7665 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7666 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7667 @end deffn
7668
7669
7670 @node JTAG Commands
7671 @chapter JTAG Commands
7672 @cindex JTAG Commands
7673 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7674 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7675 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7676 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7677 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7678
7679 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7680 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7681
7682 @itemize @bullet
7683 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7684 devices such as a CPUs.
7685 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7686 standard state machine (in parallel)
7687 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7688 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7689 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7690 while the reading previous ones.
7691 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7692 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7693 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7694 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7695 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7696 registers.
7697 @end itemize
7698
7699 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7700
7701 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7702 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7703 the order of TAP state transitions.
7704 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7705 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7706 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7707 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7708 these commands are not available.
7709
7710 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7711 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7712 that specify the entire register.
7713 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7714 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7715 The return value holds the original value of each
7716 of those fields.
7717
7718 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7719 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7720 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7721 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7722 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7723
7724 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7725 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7726
7727 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7728 in that state.
7729 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7730 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7731 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7732
7733 @quotation Warning
7734 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7735 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7736 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7737 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7738 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7739 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7740 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7741 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7742 @end quotation
7743 @end deffn
7744
7745 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7746 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7747 This may be used for performance tuning.
7748
7749 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7750 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7751 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7752 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7753 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7754 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7755 @end deffn
7756
7757 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7758 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7759 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7760 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7761 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7762 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7763
7764 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7765 in that state.
7766 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7767 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7768 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7769
7770 @quotation Note
7771 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7772 register values, unlike data register values.
7773 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7774 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7775 @end quotation
7776 @end deffn
7777
7778 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7779 Set values of reset signals.
7780 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7781 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7782 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7783 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7784 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7785 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7786 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7787
7788 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7789 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7790 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7791 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7792 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7793 instead of the TRST signal.
7794 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7795 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7796 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7797 with handlers for that event.
7798 @end deffn
7799
7800 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7801 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7802 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7803 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7804 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7805 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7806 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7807 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7808 The final state must also be stable.
7809 @end deffn
7810
7811 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7812 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7813 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7814 Instructions often need some time
7815 to execute before they take effect.
7816 @end deffn
7817
7818 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7819 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7820
7821 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7822 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7823 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7824 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7825 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7826 @end deffn
7827
7828 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7829 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7830 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7831 must also be enabled.
7832 Default is enabled.
7833 @end deffn
7834
7835 @section TAP state names
7836 @cindex TAP state names
7837
7838 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7839 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7840 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7841 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7842
7843 @itemize @bullet
7844 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7845 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7846 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7847 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7848 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7849 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7850 through the data register
7851 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7852 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7853 for update or more shifting
7854 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7855 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7856 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7857 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7858 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7859 through the instruction register
7860 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7861 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7862 for update or more shifting
7863 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7864 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7865 @end itemize
7866
7867 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7868 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7869 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7870 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7871
7872 @itemize @bullet
7873 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7874 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7875 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7876 may not be as expected.
7877 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7878 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7879 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7880 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7881 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7882 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7883 @end itemize
7884
7885 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7886 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7887
7888 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7889 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7890 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7891 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7892
7893 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7894 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7895 @cindex SVF
7896
7897 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7898 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7899 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7900 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7901
7902 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7903 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7904 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7905 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7906 each command is logged before it is executed.
7907 @end deffn
7908
7909 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7910 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7911 @cindex XSVF
7912
7913 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7914 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7915 Xilinx devices.
7916 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7917 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7918
7919 @quotation Important
7920 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7921 @end quotation
7922
7923 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7924 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7925 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7926 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7927 that TAP.
7928 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7929 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7930 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7931 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7932 @end deffn
7933
7934 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7935 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7936 after building the software.
7937 You may find them useful:
7938
7939 @itemize
7940 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7941 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7942 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7943 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7944 @end itemize
7945
7946 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7947 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7948 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7949 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7950 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7951 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7952 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7953
7954
7955 @node Utility Commands
7956 @chapter Utility Commands
7957 @cindex Utility Commands
7958
7959 @section RAM testing
7960 @cindex RAM testing
7961
7962 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
7963 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
7964 testing procedures allowing to detect all sorts of issues with
7965 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
7966 hardware problems.
7967
7968 To use them you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first,
7969 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
7970 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
7971 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
7972
7973 Load the memory testing functions with
7974
7975 @example
7976 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
7977 @end example
7978
7979 to get access to the following facilities:
7980
7981 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
7982 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
7983 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
7984 @end deffn
7985
7986 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
7987 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
7988 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
7989 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
7993 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
7994 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
7995 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
7996 @end deffn
7997
7998 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
7999 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8000 @end deffn
8001
8002 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8003 @cindex Firmware recovery
8004
8005 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to faciliate mass-market
8006 devices recovery with JTAG.
8007
8008 For quickstart instructions run:
8009 @example
8010 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8011 @end example
8012
8013 @node TFTP
8014 @chapter TFTP
8015 @cindex TFTP
8016 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8017 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8018
8019 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8020 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8021 server (tftpd). For example,
8022
8023 @example
8024 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8025 @end example
8026
8027 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8028 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8029
8030 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8031 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8032 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8033 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8034
8035 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8036 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8037 @cindex GDB
8038 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
8039 to debug remote targets.
8040 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8041
8042 @itemize
8043 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8044 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8045 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8046 as shown in this chapter.
8047 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8048 that also will probably need to be configured.
8049 @end itemize
8050
8051 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8052 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8053 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8054 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8055 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8056 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8057
8058 @section Connecting to GDB
8059 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8060 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8061 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8062 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8063 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8064
8065 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8066
8067 @enumerate
8068 @item
8069 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8070 @example
8071 target remote localhost:3333
8072 @end example
8073 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8074
8075 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8076 @example
8077 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8078 @end example
8079 @item
8080 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8081 @example
8082 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8083 @end example
8084 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8085 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8086 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8087 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8088 @end enumerate
8089
8090 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8091 GDB command line.
8092
8093 @section Sample GDB session startup
8094
8095 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8096 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8097 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
8098 small ARM program.
8099 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8100 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8101
8102 @example
8103 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8104 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8105 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8106 ...
8107 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8108 ...
8109 (gdb) load
8110 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8111 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8112 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8113 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8114 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8115 (gdb) continue
8116 Continuing.
8117 ...
8118 @end example
8119
8120 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8121 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8122 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8123 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8124
8125 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8126
8127 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8128 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8129 packet size and the device's memory map.
8130 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8131 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8132 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8133
8134 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8135 You may need to set those up by hand.
8136 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8137 something like:
8138
8139 @example
8140 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8141 @end example
8142
8143 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8144
8145 @example
8146 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8147 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8148 @end example
8149
8150 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8151 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8152 do not have such restrictions.
8153
8154 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8155 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8156 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8157
8158 @example
8159 define hook-step
8160 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8161 end
8162 define hookpost-step
8163 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8164 end
8165 @end example
8166
8167 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8168 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8169 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8170 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8171
8172 @section Programming using GDB
8173 @cindex Programming using GDB
8174 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8175
8176 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8177 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8178 @example
8179 gdb_memory_map disable
8180 @end example
8181 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8182 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8183 working area.
8184
8185 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8186 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8187 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8188 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8189
8190 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
8191 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8192
8193 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8194 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8195 @example
8196 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8197 @end example
8198
8199 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8200 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8201
8202 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8203 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8204 will be used.
8205
8206 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8207 script can be executed:
8208 @example
8209 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8210 @end example
8211
8212 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8213 can be used.
8214 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8215 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8216 @cindex SMP
8217 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8218 @itemize @bullet
8219 @item j - smp status request
8220 @item J - smp set request
8221 @end itemize
8222
8223 OpenOCD implements :
8224 @itemize @bullet
8225 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8226 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8227 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8228 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8229 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8230 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8231 @end itemize
8232
8233 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8234 @itemize @bullet
8235 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8236 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8237 @example
8238 set $_core 1
8239 #Jc01 packet is sent
8240 print $_core
8241 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8242 @end example
8243
8244 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8245 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8246
8247 @example
8248 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8249 define toggle0
8250 maint packet Jc0
8251 continue
8252 main packet Jc-1
8253 end
8254 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8255 define toggle1
8256 maint packet Jc1
8257 continue
8258 main packet Jc-1
8259 end
8260 @end example
8261 @end itemize
8262
8263 @section RTOS Support
8264 @cindex RTOS Support
8265 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8266
8267 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8268 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8269
8270 @* An example setup is below:
8271
8272 @example
8273 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8274 @end example
8275
8276 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8277
8278 Currently supported rtos's include:
8279 @itemize @bullet
8280 @item @option{eCos}
8281 @item @option{ThreadX}
8282 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8283 @item @option{linux}
8284 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8285 @item @option{embKernel}
8286 @end itemize
8287
8288 @quotation Note
8289 Before an RTOS can be detected it must export certain symbols otherwise it cannot be used by
8290 OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8291 @end quotation
8292
8293 @table @code
8294 @item eCos symbols
8295 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8296 @item ThreadX symbols
8297 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8298 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8299 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8300 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8301 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8302 @item linux symbols
8303 init_task.
8304 @item ChibiOS symbols
8305 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8306 @item embKernel symbols
8307 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8308 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8309 @end table
8310
8311 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8312 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8313 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8314
8315 @node Tcl Scripting API
8316 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8317 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8318 @cindex Tcl scripts
8319 @section API rules
8320
8321 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8322 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8323 information as an argument to each proc.
8324
8325 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8326 pair list and lists.
8327
8328 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8329 list.
8330
8331 @verbatim
8332
8333 > set foo(me) Duane
8334 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8335 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8336 > set foo(duck) Donald
8337
8338 If one does this:
8339
8340 > set foo
8341
8342 The result is:
8343
8344 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8345
8346 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8347
8348 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8349 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8350 }
8351 @end verbatim
8352
8353 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8354 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8355
8356 @section Internal low-level Commands
8357
8358 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8359
8360 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8361 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8362 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8363
8364 @itemize @bullet
8365 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8366
8367 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8368 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8369
8370 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8371 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8372
8373 Return information about the flash banks
8374 @end itemize
8375
8376 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8377 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8378 called "flash_banks".
8379
8380 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8381
8382 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8383 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8384 holds one of the following values:
8385
8386 @itemize @bullet
8387 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8388 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8389 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8390 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8391 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8392 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8393 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8394 @end itemize
8395
8396 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8397
8398 @quotation Note
8399 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8400 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8401 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8402 is jim, not real tcl).
8403 @end quotation
8404
8405 @node FAQ
8406 @chapter FAQ
8407 @cindex faq
8408 @enumerate
8409 @anchor{faqrtck}
8410 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8411 @cindex RTCK
8412 @cindex adaptive clocking
8413 @*
8414
8415 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8416 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8417 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8418 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8419
8420 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8421 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8422 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8423 @enumerate
8424 @item
8425 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8426 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8427 @item
8428 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8429 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8430 @end enumerate
8431
8432 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8433 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8434 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8435 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8436 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8437 power).
8438
8439 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8440 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8441 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8442 ARM926 scenario).
8443 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8444 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8445 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8446
8447 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8448 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8449 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8450 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8451
8452 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8453
8454 In order to make use of this,
8455 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8456 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8457
8458 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8459 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8460 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8461 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8462 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8463
8464 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8465 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8466 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8467 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8468
8469 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8470 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8471 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8472 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8473 with a CPLD.
8474 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8475 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8476 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8477 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8478 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8479 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8480
8481 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8482
8483 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8484
8485 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8486 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8487 depending on the chips on your board.
8488 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8489 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8490 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8491
8492 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8493 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8494 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8495
8496 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8497 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8498 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8499 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8500
8501 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8502 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8503 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8504 this way.
8505
8506 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8507 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8508 clock rate.
8509 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8510 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8511 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8512
8513 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8514
8515 @example
8516 # Example: 1.234MHz
8517 adapter_khz 1234
8518 @end example
8519
8520
8521 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8522
8523 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8524 around Windows filenames.
8525
8526 @example
8527 > echo \a
8528
8529 > echo @{\a@}
8530 \a
8531 > echo "\a"
8532
8533 >
8534 @end example
8535
8536
8537 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8538
8539 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8540 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8541 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8542
8543 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8544 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8545 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8546
8547 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8548 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8549 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8550
8551 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8552
8553 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8554 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8555 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8556 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8557
8558 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8559 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8560 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8561
8562 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8563 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8564
8565 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8566 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8567 memory read caused data abort".
8568
8569 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8570 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8571 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8572 be done, feel free to add this here.
8573
8574 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8575 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8576 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8577 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8578 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8579 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8580 gracefully stops.
8581
8582 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8583 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8584 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8585
8586 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8587 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8588 bytes. Painful...
8589
8590
8591 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8592 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8593
8594 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8595 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8596 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8597 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8598 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8599 reset, everything else should work fine.
8600
8601 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8602 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8603 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8604 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8605
8606 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8607 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8608 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8609 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8610
8611 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8612
8613 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8614 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8615 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8616 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8617
8618 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8619 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8620 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8621 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8622
8623 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8624 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8625 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8626
8627 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8628 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8629
8630 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8631 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8632 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8633 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8634 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8635 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8636 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8637 clock frequency?
8638
8639 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8640 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8641 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8642 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8643 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8644
8645 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8646
8647 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8648 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8649 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8650 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8651 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8652 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8653 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8654
8655 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8656
8657 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8658 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8659 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8660 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8661
8662 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8663 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8664 particular order?
8665
8666 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8667 the same order used by the hardware.
8668
8669 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8670 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8671 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8672 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8673 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8674 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8675
8676 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8677 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8678 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8679 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8680
8681 @itemize @bullet
8682 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8683 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8684 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8685 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8686 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8687 @end itemize
8688
8689 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8690
8691 @itemize @bullet
8692 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8693 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8694 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8695 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8696 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8697 @end itemize
8698
8699
8700 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8701 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8702 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8703
8704 TODO.
8705
8706 @end enumerate
8707
8708 @node Tcl Crash Course
8709 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8710 @cindex Tcl
8711
8712 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8713 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8714 how the Tcl scripts work.
8715
8716 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8717 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8718 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8719 OpenOCD.
8720
8721 @section Tcl Rule #1
8722 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8723 @enumerate
8724 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8725 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8726 @end enumerate
8727
8728 The Tcl equal is this:
8729
8730 @enumerate
8731 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8732 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8733 @end enumerate
8734
8735 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8736 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8737
8738 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8739 There is a second pair of rules.
8740 @enumerate
8741 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8742 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8743 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8744 in Tcl.
8745 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8746 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8747 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8748 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8749 @end enumerate
8750
8751 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8752 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8753 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8754 Everything is a string}
8755
8756 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8757 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8758 difference is subtle.
8759 @enumerate
8760 @item Parse Time
8761 @item Evaluation Time
8762 @end enumerate
8763
8764 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8765 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8766 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8767
8768 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8769 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8770 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8771 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8772
8773 @itemize @bullet
8774 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8775 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8776 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8777 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8778 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8779 @example
8780 # bash example
8781 X=`date`
8782 echo "The Date is: $X"
8783 # Tcl example
8784 set X [date]
8785 puts "The Date is: $X"
8786 @end example
8787 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8788 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8789 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8790 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8791 is a string}
8792 @example
8793 set x "Dinner"
8794 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8795 @end example
8796 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8797 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8798 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8799 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8800 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8801 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8802 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8803 @end itemize
8804
8805 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8806
8807 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8808
8809 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8810
8811 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8812 the normal way.
8813
8814 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8815 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8816 line is immedatly executed.
8817
8818 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8819 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8820
8821 @subsection Command Execution
8822
8823 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8824 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8825 control flow operators.
8826
8827 Commands are executed like this:
8828
8829 @enumerate
8830 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8831 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8832 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8833 @end enumerate
8834
8835 It sort of works like this:
8836 @example
8837 for(;;)@{
8838 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8839
8840 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8841
8842 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8843 @}
8844 @end example
8845
8846 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8847 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8848 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8849 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8850 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8851 ``LookupCommand()''
8852
8853 @subsection The FOR command
8854
8855 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8856 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8857 command just like any other command.
8858
8859 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8860 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8861 are:
8862
8863 @enumerate 0
8864 @item The ascii text 'for'
8865 @item The start text
8866 @item The test expression
8867 @item The next text
8868 @item The body text
8869 @end enumerate
8870
8871 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8872 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8873 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8874 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8875
8876 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8877 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8878
8879 @example
8880 int
8881 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8882 int *argc,
8883 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8884 @end example
8885
8886 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8887 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8888 still operates in the same basic way.
8889
8890 @subsection FOR command implementation
8891
8892 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8893 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8894
8895 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8896
8897 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8898
8899 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8900 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8901 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8902
8903 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8904 expression and returns a value.
8905
8906 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8907 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8908 @example
8909 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8910
8911 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8912
8913 int
8914 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8915 int argc,
8916 char **argv )
8917 @{
8918 if( argc != 5 )@{
8919 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8920 return ERROR;
8921 @}
8922
8923 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8924
8925 // Execute the start statement.
8926 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8927
8928 // Top of loop test
8929 for(;;)@{
8930 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8931 if( i == 0 )
8932 break;
8933
8934 // Execute the body
8935 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8936
8937 // Execute the LOOP part
8938 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8939 @}
8940
8941 // Return no error
8942 SetResult( interp, "" );
8943 return SUCCESS;
8944 @}
8945 @end example
8946
8947 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8948 in the same basic way.
8949
8950 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8951
8952 @subsection source and find commands
8953 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8954 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8955 @*Remember the parsing rules
8956 @enumerate
8957 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8958 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8959 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8960 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8961 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8962 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8963 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8964 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8965 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8966 @end enumerate
8967 @subsection format command
8968 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8969 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8970 @b{sprintf()}.
8971 @b{Example}
8972 @example
8973 set x 6
8974 set y 7
8975 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8976 @end example
8977 @enumerate
8978 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8979 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8980 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8981 @* Refer to Rule #1
8982 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8983 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8984 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8985 @end enumerate
8986 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8987 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8988 @example
8989 #1 Good
8990 proc someproc @{@} @{
8991 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8992 @}
8993 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8994 #2 Good - no variables
8995 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8996 #3 Good Curly Braces
8997 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8998 puts "Time: [date]"
8999 @}
9000 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9001 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9002 @end example
9003 @enumerate
9004 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9005 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9006 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9007 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9008 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9009 command.
9010 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9011 @*There are 4 examples:
9012 @enumerate
9013 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9014 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9015 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9016 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9017 @end enumerate
9018
9019 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9020 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9021 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9022
9023 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9024 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9025 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9026 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9027 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9028 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9029 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9030 @end enumerate
9031 @subsection Global Variables
9032 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9033 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9034 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9035 @example
9036 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9037 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9038 global x #Global variable X
9039 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9040 @}
9041 @end example
9042 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9043 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9044 @example
9045 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9046 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9047 # Create var name
9048 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9049 # Make it a global
9050 global $vn
9051 # Set it.
9052 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9053 @}
9054 @end example
9055 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9056 @example
9057 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9058 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9059 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9060 @}
9061 @end example
9062
9063 @include fdl.texi
9064
9065 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9066 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9067 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9068 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9069 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9070 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9071
9072 @printindex cp
9073
9074 @node Command and Driver Index
9075 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9076 @printindex fn
9077
9078 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)